SMS Design Standards 2002

DESIGN DIRECTIVES
2002
MATERIALS
DRILLING AND THREAD DEPTHS

THREAD SELECTION SERIES AND UNDERCUTS
CURVES, DIAGONALS, UNDERCUTS
PERMISSIBLE BOLT LOADS,

TIGHTENING TORQUES, PRETENSIONING UNITS
DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS ON FASTENERS
SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS IN CONJUNCTION WITH

COUNTERSINKINGS/COUNTERBORES AND/OR HOLES;
FOUNDATION ANCHORING ELEMENTS
MECHANICAL FASTENERS
PRODUCT STANDARDS / PARTS KEPT IN STOCK
STANDARDS BOOK
SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS; SETSCREWS, PINS, STUDS, OTHER

SCREWS/BOLTS; WASHERS AND RETAINING ELEMENTS;
LOCKNUTS AND LOCKING PLATES
FITTING KEYS, TAPER KEYS
AXLE STOP PLATES, PINS, BUSHINGS
SEMI-FINISHED PRODUCTS AVAILABLE FROM STOCK,

STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS
10
STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS, PIPE COUPLINGS,

FLANGES, WELDING FITTINGS, PIPE FASTENERS,
HOSELINES, AUXILIARY AND OPERATING MATERIALS
The most recent versions of the standards can be found in the Intranet under:
Online Standards
All rights reserved. DIN 34

SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft
Dsseldorf and Hilchenbach
Normung / Standardisierung (Dept. of Standardisation)
1st edition (January 2002)
January 2002
Materials
SN 359
Selection
This standard lists materials which are used in SMS Demag products; priority shall be given to the materials of SN 483,
which are available from stock.
Contents:
Material designations (designation systems) .................................................. Pages 2 to 8
Footnotes .................................................................................................................... Page 9
This copy will not be updated in case of changes!
Rolled and forged steels

Engineering steels ...................................................... DIN EN 10025, ........................................................... Pages 10/11
DIN EN 10137-2, SEW 090-2...................................... Pages 16/17
Fine grained engineering steels................................... DIN EN 10113-2 ......................................................... Pages 12/13
Bright steels ............................................................... DIN EN 10083-2, DIN EN 10277-2 .............................. Pages 12/13
Sheets........................................................................ DIN EN 10130 ........................................................... Pages 12/13
Pipe/tube steels.......................................................... DIN 1629, DIN 1630, DIN 2391, DIN 17175, ................ Pages 12/13
DIN 17457, DIN 17458................................................ Pages 12/13
Steels for pressure purposes....................................... DIN EN 10028-2 und 3................................................ Pages 14/15
Quenched and tempered steels................................... DIN EN 10083-1 und 2................................................ Pages 16-19
Flame and induction hardening steels.......................... DIN 17212.................................................................. Pages 18/19
Case hardening steels ................................................ DIN EN 10084 ............................................................ Pages 20/21
Steels for forgings....................................................... DIN EN 10222-2, ........................................................ Pages 20/21
DIN EN 10250-2 bis 4, SEW 550................................. Pages 20-23
High temperature steels.............................................. DIN EN 10269 ............................................................ Pages 20/21
Stainless steels .......................................................... DIN 17440, DIN EN 10088-1 bis 3, DIN EN 10250-4.... Pages 24/25
Cast iron
Grey cast iron ............................................................. DIN EN 1561 .............................................................. Pages 26/27
Spheroidal graphite cast iron....................................... DIN EN 1563 .............................................................. Pages 26/27
Malleable cast iron...................................................... DIN EN 1562 .............................................................. Pages 26/27
Cast steel
Cast steel ................................................................... DIN 1681, DIN 17182,................................................. Pages 26/27
DIN 17205, SEW 835, DIN EN 10213-2....................... Pages 28/29
Non-ferrous metals
Red brass................................................................... DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 30/31
Tin bronze .................................................................. DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 30/31
Cast tin-lead bronze.................................................... DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 30/31
Cast aluminium bronze ............................................... DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 30/31
White bronze .................................................................................................................................................... Pages 30/31
Special brass.............................................................. DIN EN 12164 ............................................................ Pages 32/33
Special cast brass ...................................................... DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 32/33
Babbitt metal .............................................................. DIN ISO 4381 ............................................................. Pages 32/33
Sintered bronze ................................................................................................................................................ Pages 32/33
Maintenance-free sliding materials ................................................................................................................... Pages 32/33
Continued on pages 2 to 33
Page 2
SN 359 : 2002-01
- Blank page -
European steel grades
Steel grade classification
Designation system and comparison with DIN
Classification
Designation system
Fig. 1
as in EN 10020
Unalloyed steels
as in table 1
Alloyed steels
as in table 1
Main quality grades
Main quality grades
Base steels
Unalloyed quality steels
Unalloyed high-grade steels
Alloyed quality steels
BS
UQS
UES
LQS
Steels with no particular

quality requirements
Steels with no requirements made on the degree
Quenched and tempered or

surface-hardened steels having
Steels whose applications are similar to those of

unalloyed quality steels and which contain alloying
Steels which exceed the requirements made on the

alloying elements in table 3 and which, due to their
(deep drawing, coldforming ..) on the steel

grade in production.
No heat treatment
Requirements defined
by standards and
delivery specifications
as in table 2.
No alloying elements
besides Si and Mn.
of purity with regard to

non-metallic inclusions.
No uniform response to
heat treatment.
Steel whose quality requirements exceed the
limit contents of table 2 for
base steels.
In comparison with the
base steels more severe
requirements are made
with regard to sensibility to
brittle fracture, grain size,
shapability etc.
a higher degree of purity with

regard to non-metallic inclusions as compared with
unalloyed quality steels.
Uniform response to heat
treatment.
Exact chemical composition
makes it possible to obtain
special properties such as
elements because of their special requirements.

Alloyed quality steels are not intended for quenching
and tempering or for surface treatment
Fine-grain engineering steels for steel construction,
pressure vessel manufacture and line pipe engineering with a minimum yield point < 380 N/mm for
thicknesses < 16 mm; limit content of alloying elements as in table 3; alloyed steels for rails, sheet
piling products and structural sections for mines.
Alloyed steels with Si or with Si and Al.
Hot or cold-rolled flat steel products alloyed with
B, Nb, Ti, V or Zr alone or combinations of these
elements.
chemical compositioni, have a wide variety of

processing and utilisation properties,
for example
Stainless, heat-resisting, high-temperature steels,
antifriction-bearing, tool, mechanical-engineering
steels and steels for steel structures, with particular
physical properties. Stainless steels with C = 1,20%
and Cr = 10,5% and Ni <2,5%: ferritic and
martensitic steels, Ni = 2,5%: austenitic steels.
high strength or hardenability in conjunction with

the shapability
suitability for welding
ductility
etc.
Alloyed high-grade steels

LES
High-speed steels with at least two of the following

three elements: Mo, W, V with an overall mass
content of 7% and with C = 0,60% and
Cr = 3 to 6 %.
Table 2
Requirements
Designation system as in EN 10 027-1

Group 1
Short name based on usage and mechanical
and physical properties (Figs. 2, 3)
as in EN 10 020, appendices A, B
BS
UQS
UES
LQS
LES
G = Unalloyed cast steel
x
x
x
S = Steels for steel construction
x
x
x
x
x
P = Steels for pressure vessel manuf.
x
x
x
x
x
L = Steels for line pipe engineering
x
x
x
E = Mechanical-engineering steels
x
x
B = Concrete reinforcing steel
x
Y = Prestressing steels
x
R = Steels for or in the shape or rails
x
x
H = Cold-rolled flat products of higher
x
-strength drawing qualities
D = Flat products in low-carbon steels
for cold shaping

T
= Packing plate and strapping band
X = mean content of at least

one alloying element
=5%
HS = High-speed steel
Prescribed
Limit content
elements
Percentage by mass
Al
Aluminium
0,1
B
Boron
0,0008
Bi
Bismuth
0,10
Co
Cobalt
0,10
Cr
Chromium
0,30
1)
Cu
Copper
0,40
La
Lanthanides
0,05
3)
Mn
Manganese
1,65
1)
Mo
Molybdenum
0,08
2)
Nb
Niobium
0,06
1)
Ni
Nickel
0,30
P
Lead
0,40
Se
Selenium
0,10
Si
Silicium
0,50
Te
Tellurium
0,10
2)
Ti
Titanium
0,05
2)
V
Vanadium
0,10
W
Tungsten
0,10
2)
Zr
Circonium
0,05
Others (except C, P, S, N)
0,05
1)
If 2, 3 or 4 elements are marked for steel with this footnote and if their contents
are smaller than the limit contents stated in the table, a limit content of 70%
of the total resulting from the 2, 3, or 4 elements must be taken into account.
2)
1)
The rule given under footnote applies by analogy to the elements marked
2)
with footnote .
3)
If only a maximum value is indicated for Mn, the applicable limit content is
1.80 percent by weight.
Type
Minimum tensile strength
Minimum yield point
1)
Minimum elongation at fracture
Minimum diameter
Minimum energy consumption in the
notched bar impact test (at 20C)
Max. allowable C content
Max. allowable P content
Max. allowable S content
1)
see EN 10020 Table 2, page 5
apply for
thicknesses (d)
mm
= 16
= 16
= 16
= 3
= 10 = 16
Limit value
= 690 N/mm
= 360 N/mm
= 26 %
= 1xd
= 27 joule
=
=
=
0,10 %
0,045 %
0,045 %
Table 3
Prescribed
Limit content
elements
Percentage by mass
1)
Cr
Chromium
0,50
1)
Cu
Copper
0,50
La
Lanthanides
0,06
Mn
Manganese
1,80
1)
Mo
Molybdenum
0,10
2)
Nb
Niobium
0,08
1)
Ni
Nickel
0,50
2)
Ti
Titanium
0,12
2)
V
Vanadium
0,12
2)
Zr
Circonium
0,12
Elements which are not stated
(see Table 1)
1)
If 2, 3 or 4 elements are marked for steel with this footnote and if their
contents are smaller than the limit contents stated in the table, a limit
content of 70% of the total resulting from the 2, 3 or 4 elements must be
taken into account.
2)
1)
The rule given under footnote applies by analogy to the elements marked
2)
with footnote .
Seite 3
SN 359 : 2002-01
x
x
x
Group 2
Short name based on chemical composition (Fig. 4)
as in EN 10 020, appendices A, B
BS
UQS
UES
LQS
LES
G = Alloyed cast steel
x
x
x
x
x
x
C = Carbon
x
M = Electr. sheet & magnet. steel strip
Table 1
Page 4
SN 359 : 2002-01
Short name based on usage and mechanical

or physical properties as in
DIN V 17006-100 (Group 1), Fig. 2
Structure of the designation system
1)
Main symbols
Examples
Letter
G = Cast steel (if necessary)
S = Steels for steel
construction
P = Steels for pressure
purposes
L = Steels for line pipe
engineering
E = Mechanical-engineering
4)
steels
B = Concrete reinforcing
steel
Y = Prestressingsteels
R = Rail steels
H = Cold-rolled flat products
in higher-strength steels
for cold shaping
T = Packing plate and
strapping band
M = see Fig. 3 (appendix)
a
s
D
a
X
n
3
5
Mechanical properties
For letter (S, P, L, E)
nnn
= Minimum yield point (Re) in N/mm
For (B)
nnn
= Characteristic yield poiint (Re) in N/mm
For (Y, R)
5)
n n n n1 = Min. tensile strength
for (Rm) in N/mm
For (H)
nnn
= Minimum yield point (Re) in N/mm
T n n n = Min. tensile strength for (Rm) in N/mm
For (D)
Cnn
= Cold-rolled, followed by a two-digit key
number n n
Dnn
= Hot-rolled, intended for immediate cold
forming, followed by a two-digit
key number n n
Xnn
= Type of rolling (hot or cold) not prescribed,
followed by a two-digit key number n n
(For T)
Hnn
nnn
= Prescribed mean hardness value for singlereduced products

= Nominal yield point (Re) in N/mm for doublereduced products
Examples of ordering designations

Plate EN 10029 - 20A x 2000 x 4500 Steel EN 10025 - S355J2G3+N
Strip EN 10143 - 2,5 x 500 Steel EN 10142 - DX52D+ZF
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
a = letter, n = figure, an = alphanumeric

The symbols M, N and Q of Group 1 apply to fine-grained engineering steels
For distinction between two steel grades of the respective quality standard, one or two digits
may be added to the additional symbols of Group 1 or 2, but not to the symbols of chemical
elements.
Without special demands on ductility or suitability for welding
Three-digit values of tensile strength must be preceded by the figure 0.
Note: No symbols provided for ultra-thin sheet.
n
5
2
Additional symbols for steels

n
5
n1
1)
Additional symbols for steel products
an ...
J2G3
D
Group 1
2)
3)
For letter (S)

Notch impact energy in Joule
Test temperature
27 J
40 J
60 J
in C
JR
KR
LR
+20
JO
KO
LO
0
J2
K2
L2
-20
J3
K3
L3
-30
J4
K4
L4
-40
J5
K5
L5
-50
J6
K6
L9
-60
A = Precipitation-hardening
For (S, P, L)
M = Thermomechanically rolled
N = Normalised or normalising-rolled
Q = Quenched and tempered
For (P)
B = Gas bottles
S = Single pressure vessels
T = Tubes
For (B)
a = Ductility class, followed by one or two key figures when
required
For (Y)
C = Cold-drawn wire
H = Hot-formed or treated bars
Q = Quenched and tempered wire
S = Stranded wire
For (R)
Mn = High Mn content
Cr = Chrome-alloyed
Fr (H)
M = Thermomechanically rolled)
B = Bake hardened
P = Phosphorous-alloyed)
X = Binary phase
Y = Interstitial-free steel
For (D)
D = For hot-dip metal coatings
EK = For conventional enamelling
ED = For direct enamelling
H = Hollow sections
T = For tubes
For (S, D)
an = Chemical symbols of prescribed additional elements, if
necessary together with a one-digit number which indicates the
mean value multiplied by ten of the prescribed range of the content (rounded off to 0.1 %) of the element.
For (S, P, L, E, Y, R, H, D, T)
G = Other features, if necessary followed by 1 or 2 figures as specified in the quality standard (technical delivery conditions).
1)
+an + an ...
+N
+ZF
Group 2
3)
For letter (S)

C = With special cold-workability)
D = For hot- dip metal coatings
E = For enamelling
F = For forging
H = Hollow sections
L = For lower temperatures
M = Thermomechanically rolled
N
= Normalised or normalising-rolled
O
P
Q
S
T
W
a
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
For offshore
Sheet piling steel
Quenched and tempered
For shipbuilding
For tubes
Weathering-resistant
Requirement classes, if necessary followed by a
figure as specified in the quality standard
technical delivery conditions).
an = Chemical symbols of prescribed additional elements,
if necessary together with a one-digit number which
indicates the mean value multiplied by ten of the
prescribed range of the content (rounded off to 0.1%)
of the element.
For (P)
H = High temperature
L = Low temperature
R = Room temperature
X = High and low temperatures
a = Requirement classes, if necessary followed by a
figure as specified in the quality standard (technical
delivery conditions).
For (L)
a = Requirement classes, if necessary followed by a
figure as specified in the quality standard (technical
delivery conditions).
For (E)
C = Suitability for cold drawing
For (R)
Q = Quenched and tempered
For (H)
D = For hot-dip metal coatings
For steel products

For letter (S, P, L)
Tables 4, 5, 6
For (E, B, Y)
Table 6
For (H)
Table 5
3)
For (D, T)
Tables 5, 6
3)
Short name based on chemical composition

as in DIN V 17006-100 (Group 2), Fig. 4
Structure of the designation system
1)
Main symbols
a
Additional symbols for steels
a...
n-n
Mn
1)
Additionial symbols for steel products
an ...
1)
+an + an ...
Examples
2
Letter
G
= Cast steel (if

necessary)
C = Carbon
X = Mean content of at
least one alloying
element = 5 %
HS = High speed steel
Carbon content
2)
For letter (G, C, X)

n n n = 100 times the mean
C content of the
prescribed range.
When no carbon-content
range is specified, a
suitable representative
value is assumed.
1) a = letter, n = figure, an = alphanumeric

2) For distinction between two steel grades of similar
chemical compositions, the key number of the carbon
content can be increased by one.
3) The symboles of Group 1, except E and R, can be followed
by one or two figures for distinction between two steel grades
of the respective quality standard.
4) The symbols E and R of Group 1 can be followed by a figure
which represents the maximum allowable or mean sulphur
content, rounded off to 0.01% and then multiplied by 100.
Alloying elements
Group 1
= Symbols of the alloy elements

which are characteristic of the
steel, followed by hyphenated
n-n = numbers which represent the
mean contents of the elements,
multiplied by the factors given
below.
3) 4)
For letter (C)

E = Prescribed max. S content
R = Prescribed range of the
S content
D = For wire drawing
C = Special cold-workability
(cold heading, cold
extrusion)
Cr, Co, Mn, Ni, Si, W

Al, Be, Cu, Mo, Nb,
Pb, Ta, Ti, V, Zr
Ce, N, P, S
B
x
x
x
10
100
1000
For letter (X)

n-n = Numbers separated by hyphens
which indicate the mean
contents of the elements
rounded to the next integer.
For (HS)
n-n = Numbers separated by hyphens
which indicate the percentages
of the alloying elements in the
following order:
- Tungsten (W)
- Molybdenum (Mo)
- Vanadium (V)
- Cobalt (Co)
For steel products

For letter (C, HS)
Table 6
For (G, X)
Tables 4, 6
S = For springs
U = For tools
W = For welding wire)
G = Other features, if necessary
followed by 1 or 2 figures
as specified in the quality
standard (technical delivery
conditions)
Table 5: Type of coating

Symbol
Meaning
+A *
Hot aluminium plated
+AR
Aluminium-clad by rolling
+AS
Coated with Al-Si alloy
+AZ
Coated with Al-Zn alloy (> 50 % Al)
+CE
Special chromium electrodeposition plated (ECCS)
+CU
Copper coating
+IC
Anorganic coating
+OC
Organic coating
+S *
Hot tin plated
+SE
Electrolytic tin plated
+T *
Hot dipped with lead-tin alloy (terne)
+TE
Electroplated with lead-tin alloy
+Z *
Hot-dip galvanized
+ZA
Coated with Zn-Al alloy (> 50 % Zn)
+ZE
Electrogalvanized
+ZF
Diffusion-annealed zinc coats (with diffused Fe)
+ZN
Zinc-nickel coat (electrolytic)
* Note: The symbols are separated from the preceding symbols by a plus sign
(+). To avoid confuction with other symbols, the letter S can be placed before the
symbol, e.g. +SA.
Table 6: Treatment condition

+A
Soft annealed
+AC
Annealed for obtaining spheroidal carbides
+AR
As rolled (no particular rolling and heat-treatment conditions)
+AT
Solution-annealed
+BC
Hot worked and blasted (DIN EN 10083-1, edition of Oct. 96)
+C
Cold worked (e.g. by rolling or drawing)
+Cnnn
Cold-worked to a min. tensile strength of n n n N/mm
+CR
Cold-rolled
+DC
Delivery condition at maker's discretion
+FP
Treated for ferrite-pearlite structure and hardness range
+HC
Hot-cold worked
+HW
Hot-shaped
+I
Isothermally treated
+LC
Slightly cold redrawn or slightly skin pass rolled
+M
Thermomechanically rolled
+N
Normalised or normalising-rolled
+NT
Normalised and tempered
+P
Precipitation-hardened
+P
Hot worked and pickled (DIN EN 10083-1, edition of Oct. 96)
+RA
Recrystallisation-annealed
+Q
Quenched
+QA
Air-hardened
+QL
Hardened and tempered (DIN EN 10028-2, edition of April 93)
+QO
Oil-hardened
+QT
Quenched and tempered
+QW
Water-quenched
+S
Treated for cold-shearing property
+SR
Stress-free annealed
+T
Tempered
+TH
Treated for hardness range
+U
Unprocessed
+WW
Hot-work hardened
Anmerkung: The symbols are separated from the preceding symbols by a
plus sign (+). To avoid confusion with other symbols, the letter T can be
placed before the symbol, e.g. +TA.
Page 5
SN 359 : 2002-01
Table 4: Special requirements

Symbol
Meaning
+CC *
Nonworked conticast material
+H
With special hardenability
+HL *
With restricted hardenability scatterbands
+HH *
With restricted higher hardenability scatterbands
+Z15
Min. area reduction at break perpendicular to surface 15 %
+Z25
+Z35
Note: The symbols are separated from the preceding symbols by a plus sign (+).
Basically, these symbols mark special requirements which are made on the steel.
For practical reasons, however, they are treated like additional symbols for steel
products.
* acc. to DIN EN 10083-1 (edition of Oct. 96)
Group 2
For letter (C)
an = Chemical symbols of prescribed additional elements, if necessary together with a one-digit
number which indicates
the mean value multiplied by ten of the prescribed range of content
(rounded off to 0.1%)
of the element.
Page 6
SN 359 : 2002-01
Material designations
Steel
1. Designation based on mechanical properties
1.1 e.g. as in DIN EN 10025 Hot rolled unalloyed steel products
S
235
JR
G2
Deoxidizing process only acc. to

DIN EN 10025
+C
Code letter of the suitability for particular applications
(e.g. suitability for cold working when required)
Code for deoxidizing process
G2 = unkilled not permitted (FN).
Code for quality group
(suitability for welding and notch impact energy).
Fixed min. value of yield point
for thicknesses 16 mm in N/mm2.
Code letter for steel group
(e.g. S = steels for general structural purposes)
FN = unkilled steel
FN = unkilled steel not
permitted
FF = fully killed steel
1.2 e.g. as in DIN EN 10028 Steels for pressure purposes

P
355
H
High temperature
Normalized
Fixed min. yield point value for thicknesses 16 mm in N/mm2.
Code letter for steel group (e.g. P = steels for pressure purposes).
2. Designation based on chemical composition

2.1 for unalloyed steels e.g. as in DIN EN 10083 Quenched and tempered steels
C
45
Heat treatment conditions acc. to

DIN EN 10083
+QT
Heat treatment: quenched and tempered
Prescribed max. S content
Medium C content 0,45%
Steel with fixed C content
2.2 for low-alloy steels, e.g. as in DIN EN 10084 Case hardening steels
16
Mn
Cr
Cr content - no particular specification

Mn content 5 : 4 = 1,25%
Medium C content 0,16 %
+A
= dead-soft annealed
+N = normalized
+QT = quenched and tempered
G1
G2
G3, G4
Page 7
SN 359 : 2002-01
2.3 for high-alloy steels, e.g. as in DIN EN 10088 Stainless steels
X
Cr
Ni
Ti
18
10
Ti content: no particular specification
Ni content = 10,0 %
Cr content = 18,0 %
Medium C content 0,06 %
Alloy constituents other than the C content are stated in plain text
3. Multipliers for low-alloy steels

Alloying additions
Cr, Co, Mn, Ni, Si, W
Al, Be, Cu, Mo, Nb, Pb, Ta, Ti, V, Zr
Ce, N, P, S
B
Multipliers for low-alloy steels

4
10
100
1000
Cast iron
Designation according to yield point
e.g. as in DIN EN 1563 Spheroidal graphite cast iron
EN
- GJS -
400
15
U
Proving on integrally cast test boss
Min. value of elongation A in per cent
Tensile strength min. 400 N/mm at wall thicknesses 30 mm
Spheroidal graphite cast iron
European standard
Cast steel
1. Designation based on mechanical properties
1.1 e.g. DIN 1681 Cast steels for general engineering purposes (remaining from the old designation system)
GS
52
Tensile strength min. 520 N/mm
Cast steel
1.2 for unalloyed cast steel, e.g. DIN EN 10213 Ferritic steel castings for service at elevated temperatures
GP
240
GH
+N
Designation for
G = castings
P = pressure vessels
Normalized
High temperature (heat resistant)
Code no. of min. yield point Rp 0,2 in Mpa (Mpa
Cast steel for pressure purposes
N/mm)
Page 8
SN 359 : 2002-01
2.
Designation based on chemical composition
2.1 for low-alloy cast steel, e.g. DIN 17205 Quenched and tempered steel casting (remaining from the old designation
system)
GS
42
Cr
Mo
VI
Hardened and tempered to strength class I
Mo content: no particular specification
Cr content 4 : 4 = 1,0 %
C content 0,42 %
Cast steel
2.2 for high-alloy cast steel, e.g. DIN EN 10213 Steel castings for service at elevated temperatures
G
23
Cr
Mo
12
+QT
Heat treatment: quenched and tempered
V content: no particular specification
Mo content 1 %
Cr content 12 %
C content 0,23 %
High-alloy, alloy information in plain text
Cast steel
Non-ferrous metals
Designation based on chemical composition (in the case of wrought alloys the strength class is added).
e.g. DIN EN 1982 Copper-tin-zinc casting alloy (former designation red brass)
CU
Sn7
Zn4
Pb7 -
GZ
Casting process: centrifugal casting
Casting
Zn content 4%, Pb content 7%
Sn content = 7%
Principal alloying element, no quantity specification
Page 9
SN 359 : 2002-01
Footnotes
1)
Semi-finished products available from stock see SN 483 (Standards Book, Chapter 9).
2)
The notch impact energy values are determined at 20C (for S355J2G3 at 20C) and are valid for samples with
longitudinal fibre orientation.
3)
Measured on polished round bars of 10 mm dia.
4)
The hardening depth (Eht) depends upon the duration of use. Therefore, only the absolutely necessary Eht has to be
indicated for reasons of economy.
5)
Categories of suitability for welding:

Category 1: Well-suited for welding.
Category 2: In general well-suited for welding, heat pre- and/or post-treatment may be required.
Category 3: Moderately suited for welding, preheating and tempering required after welding.
Category 4: Limited suitability for welding. Moderately suited for welding, preheating and tempering required after
welding; special electrode must be used.
Category 5: Difficult to weld or no suitability for welding.
6)
The specified temperatures are guidance values; for the exact determination of the preheat temperature the influences
exerted by electrode thickness, plate thickness and type of weld must be taken into account. If necessary, the
department of welded fabrications must be consulted.
7)
In the case of steel the relative cost refers to S355J2G3 (St 52-3), in the case of cast iron EN-GJL (GG) and EN-GJS
(GGG) to EN-GJL-2900 (GG-20), and in the case of cast steel to GS-38 (GS-38). Comparisons are possible only within
the individual groups of steel, cast iron or cast steel. The data on relative cost must not be used for cost estimating. In
the case of cast iron and cast steel the relative cost does not include the cost of the wage, mould and core components,
which lead to a higher relative cost depending upon the degree of difficulty in the making of the castings.
8)
There are difficulties in the supply of hot-rolled pipe St 37.4, for this reason St 35.8 (boiler pipe) has to be used, which
includes St 37.4 in terms of quality.
9)
NBK = normalised (former designation system) + (bright annealed, after the last cold working the pipes have been
annealed in a shielding gas atmosphere at a temperature above the upper transformation point).
10) The materials of DIN 17212 are steels specially developed for flame and induction hardening, which are not always
available from stock; in this case the corresponding C-steels of DIN EN 10083 can be used as substitutes. These steels
are not always fine-grained, there may be an increased risk of failure.
11) For workpieces with thicknesses above 30 mm the hardness values are lower.
12) The steel is available in two strength categories and the drawing must bear an indication like e.g. "Quenched and
tempered to 700-850 N/mm".
13) When used for castings for hydraulic components, the drawing must state: Casting for hydraulic components, test
pressure e.g. 300 bar.
14) Entries concerning heat treatment after casting are not required in addition to the material designation itself.
15) Entry required for weld-in parts: Product analysis C 0,25 %.
15) Wrought alloy
16) Bushings in sintered bronze B 50 are standardised up to d1 = 80 mm and commercially available up to d1 = 100 mm.
To be used only up to an operating temperature of 80 C. In the case of bigger diameters and temperatures above
80 C, "DEVA metal" or "devagleit" must be used instead.
18) Upon agreement
19) Observe DIN EN 10164 when loading is in thickness direction (lamellar tearing).
20) The desired heat-treatment condition in the as-delivered state is indicated by additional symbols preceded by a plus sign
(e.g. 13CrMo4-5+NT) after the material designation.
21) The material designation already indicates the heat-treatment condition upon delivery.
Page 10
SN 359 : 2002-01
Strength characteristics
Tensile strength
Elongation at fracture
Reduction of area at rupture
Notch impact energy

ISO V-specimen, longitudinal
Fatigue strength under

reversed bending stresses
Brinell hardness G
(Guide values)
Nominal thickness
(Heat
treatment
condition) 21)
Designation
Current
S235JRG2
S275JR
S355J2G3
No.
1.0038
1.0044
1.0570
Former
RSt 37-2
St 44-2
St 52-3
normalised *
Engineering
steels
DIN EN 10025
19)
E295
E335
E360
1.0050
1.0060
1.0070
St 50-2
St 60-2
St 70-2
*) normalised or state achieved by normalising shaping
For footnotes see page 9
mm
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
16
16 40
40 63
63 80
80 100
100 150
150 200
200 250
16
16 40
40 63
63 80
80 100
100 150
150 200
200 250
16
16 40
40 63
63 80
80 100
100 150
150 200
200 250
16
16 40
40 63
63 80
80 100
100 150
150 200
200 250
16
16 40
40 63
63 80
80 100
100 150
150 200
200 250
16
16 40
40 63
63 80
80 100
100 150
150 200
200 250
3)
ReH /
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
min.
235
225
215
215
215
195
185
175
275
265
255
245
235
225
215
205
355
345
335
325
315
295
285
275
295
285
275
265
255
245
235
225
335
325
315
305
295
275
265
255
360
355
345
335
325
305
295
285
Rm
A5
KV
Rbw
HB
Material
Type
and
standard
2)
Yield point or
0,2% proof stress
1)
N/mm2
340 to 470
320 to 470
410 to 560
400 to 540
380 to 540
490 to 630
470 to 630
450 to 630
470 to 610
450 to 610
440 to 610
570 to 710
550 to 710
540 to 710
670 to 830
650 to 830
640 to 830
% %
J N/mm2
min. min. min. min. max.
26
180
26
25
27
24
24
22
21
23
21
22
200
22
21
27
20
20
18
17
23
17
22
270
22
21
27 2)
20
20
18
17
23 2)
17
20
240
20
19
18
18
16
15
15
16
16
15
14
14
12
11
11
11
11
10
9
9
8
7
7
-
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3
Nht
(mm)
(mm)
min. min.
min. min.
Si
Mn
P&S
%
%
%
%
max. max. max. max. each
Cr
Mo
Ni
TV
%
max.
(C)
7)
Application
example
Material
6)
Relative cost
factor
Machining
5)
Welding preheat temperature
Chemical composition
(ladle analysis)
Nitriding depth
In nitriding depth
On the surface
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
Flame and
Nitration-hardened
induction hardened
Welding suitability
Page 11
SN 359 : 2002-01
0,17
-
0,20
1,40
0,045
0,009
1,50
0,045
0,009
0,55 1,60
0,035
0,9 1,2 0,9
0,21
-
limited feasibility
480 420
+ 50
0,22
Wall thickn.
from
General purpose
30 mm: 1,0 1,2 0,9 steels
ca. 150C
0,20
0,6
Wall thickn.
from
0,045
0,009
150 to
200
General purpose
1,0 1,3 1,0 steels.
Bolts 5.6 up to
dia. 40 mm
0,045
0,009
200 to
400
1,1 1,4 1,0
0,22
30 mm: 1,0 1,3 1,0

ca. 150C
General purpose
steels
0,045
0,009
200 to
400
1,2 1,6 1,0
Page 12
SN 359 : 2002-01
Current
No.
S355N
Weldable finegrained
engineering
steels
DIN EN
10113-2
> 16
> 40
> 63
> 80
>100
>150
1.0545 StE 355
S420N
1.8902 StE 420
normalised
19)
1.8901 StE 460
S460N
Unalloyed
bright steels
E295GC
1.0533 St 50-2 KG
C45+C
1.0503 C 45 K
DIN EN
10083-2
DIN EN
10277-2
Sheets
DC01+LC
DIN EN 10130
1.0330 St 12 03
St 37.0
Tubes
DIN 1629
DIN 1630
DIN 2391
DIN 17175
8) 9)
8)
St 52.4
Stainless steel X6CrNiTi18-10

tubes
DIN 17457
DIN 17458
16
40
63
80
100
150
18)
1.0255 St 37.4 NBK

1.0305 St 35.8
1.0581 St 52.4
1.4541 X10 CrNiTi
18 9
solution heat
treated and
quenched
X10 CrNiMoTi
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 18 10
Fatigue strength under reversed

bending stresses
Brinell hardness G
(Guide values)
Tensile strength
KV
Rbw
HB
% %
J N/mm2
min. min. min. min.
22
max.
55
55
55
140-168
140-168
43
39
18)
420
400
390
370
360
340
18)
18)
16
40
63
80
100
150
460
440
430
410
400
550 to 720
17
18)
18)
18)
10
16
40
63
100
10
16
40
63
100
510
420
320
300
255
565
500
410
360
310
650 to 950
600 to 900
550 to 850
520 to 770
470 to 740
750 to 1050
710 to 1030
650 to 1000
630 to 900
580 to 850
6
7
8
9
9
5
6
7
8
8
140
270 to 410
28
16
40
65
235
225
215
16
> 16 40
> 40 65
355
345
335
500 to 650
21
43
145 to
185
50
200
500 to 730
35
85
130 to
180
50
210
500 to 730
35
85
130 to
180
> 16
> 40
> 63
> 80
>100
>150
> 16
> 40
> 63
> 80
>100
>150
5
cold drawn > 10
and
> 16
soft annealed > 40
> 63
5
> 10
cold drawn > 16
> 40
> 63
Slightly cold
redrawn
normalized
(bright
annealed)
18)
A5
16
40
63
80
100
150
18)
1.0254 St 37.0
St 37.4 NBK
St 35.8
mm
Former
ReH /
Rm
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
N/mm2
min.
355
345
470 to 630
335
325
315
295
450 to 600
Notch impact energy

(Heat
treatment
condition) 21)
Designation
3)
Type
and
standard
Yield point or
0,2% proof stress
Nominal thickness
Material
2)
1)
> 16
> 40
520 to 680
500 to 650
19
350 to 480
25
360 to 480
100 to
140
Page 13
SN 359 : 2002-01
Nht
Si
Mn
(mm)
(mm)
%
max.
min. min.
P&S
Cr
Mo
Ni
Others
TV
(C)
max. each
7)
Application
example
Material
Machining
Nitriding depth
In nitriding depth
On the surface
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
6)
(ladle analysis)
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3

min. min.
5)
Welding suitability
Relative cost
factor
Flame and
Nitration-hardened
induction hardened
N max. 0,015
Al min. 0,02 )
0,90 P: 0,035 max. max. max. total

max.
Cu max.
0,50 to
S: 0,030 0,30 0,10 0,50
0,20
1,65
Nb max.
V max.
Ti max.
N max.
Al min.
total
1,00
max. 0,60 to P: 0,035 max. max. max.
Cu
max.
0,20
1,70 S: 0,030 0,30 0,10 0,80 Nb max.
V max.
Ti max.
N max.
Al min.
total
1,00
max. 0,60 to P: 0,035 max. max. max. Cu
max.
0,20
1,70 S: 0,030 0,30 0,10 0,80 Nb max.
V max.
Ti max.
-
0,42
0,50
to 0,40 to
0,50
0,80
max. - max.
0,12
0,60
max.
0,17
max. 0,35 min.
0,17
0,35
0,10 0,40
max.
to
0,17 to
0,35 0,80
0,045
0,35 1
0,05
0,12
0,03
0,025
0,02 )
150
0,70 ) 2
0,05
0,20
0,03
0,025
0,02 )
150
1,2 1,7 1,2
0,70 ) 2
0,05
0,20
0,03
150
1,3 1,8 1,2
N = 0,009
1,1 1,6 1,2

Welding regulations
of SEW 088 must be
observed.
Subsequent
attachment welds are
not permitted; bolted
connections must be
used instead.
3 150 to 1,0 1,3 1,3

200
Bright unalloyed
steels, key steels
0,045
max. max. max.

0,40 0,10 0,40
Cr+Mo+Ni
max. 0,63
4 200 to 1,1 1,4 2,3

400
0,045
0,040
N 0,009
0,040
0,040
Ti 5x%C
to 0,80
8,1
Ti 5x%C
to 0,80
12,0
max. 0,55 max. P: 0,040

0,22
1,60 S: 0,035
max.
0,08
1,0
max.
0,08
1,0
max. P: 0,045 17,0

to
2,0 S: 0,030
19,0
max. P: 0,045 16,5
2,0 S: 0,030 to
18,5
9,0
to
12,0
2,0 10,5
to
to
2,5 13,5
-
1,0 Sheets
1,0
0,9 1,2
2,3
3,0
The minimum value of the Al total content does not apply if there are sufficient contents of nitrogen-fixing elements.
When the copper content exceeds 0,35%, the nickel content must amount up to at least half the copper content.
1,0 1,3 1,3
Pipelines
Page 14
SN 359 : 2002-01
Tensile strength
Notch impact energy


Brinell hardness G
(guide values)
Rm
A5
KV
Rbw
HB
16
40
60
100
150
16
40
60
100
150
265
255
245
215
200
Nominal thickness
Designation
Current
16Mo3
P265GH
No.
Former
1.5415 15 Mo 3
1.0425 H II
Additional symbols 20)

(heat treatment
condition) 21)
normalised
normalised
mm
> 16
> 40
> 60
> 100
> 150
> 16
> 40
> 60
> 100
> 150
+NT
13CrMo4-5
1.7335 13 CrMo 4 4
+QL
Steels for
pressure
purposes
DIN EN
10028-2 and 3
+NT, +QA
oder +QL
P275NH
1.0487 WStE 285
normalised
19)
1.0565 WStE 385
normalised
1.8935 WStE 460
normalised
18)
410 to 530
400 to 530
23
22
19
22
20
31
440 to 590
255
430 to 580
18)
18)
18)
390 to 510
24
> 16
> 35
> 50
> 70
> 100
275
275
265
255
235
225
18)
355
355
345
325
315
295
18)
16
35
50
70
100
150
27
18)
275
16
35
50
70
100
150
18)
150
460
450
440
420
400
380
18)
19
370 to 490
350 to 470
23
18)
18)
490 to 630
22
470 to 610
450 to 590
21
18)
18)
570 to 720
17
540 to 710
520 to 690
16
18)
18)
***
***
***
18)
18)
100
> 16
> 35
> 50
> 70
> 100
27
18)
100
16
35
50
70
100
150
23
60
> 150
31
18)
450 to 600
> 150
*** Mechanical properties of transverse samples
430 to 580
420 to 570
24
300
295
> 150
P460NH
440 to 590
% %
J N/mm2
16
60
> 150
P355NH
18)
N/mm2
> 16
> 16
> 35
> 50
> 70
> 100
3)
ReH /
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
min.
275
270
260
240
220
Material
Type
and
standard
2)
Yield point or
0,2% proof stress
1)
27
18)
55
18)
55
18)
55
18)
Page 15
SN 359 : 2002-01
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3
Nht
Si
Mn
(mm)
(mm)
%
max.
min. min.
min. min.
P&S
Cr
Mo
Ni
Others
TV
(C)
0,25
to
0,35
max.
0,30
Al tot..
min. 0,020
Cu max. 0,30
max. Nb max. 0,010
0,30 Ti max. 0,03
V max. 0,02
Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni
max. 0,70
max. each
0,12
0,40
to 0,35 to P: 0,030 max.
S: 0,025 0,30
0,20
0,90
0,50 P: 0,030 max.

max.
0,40 to
0,20
S: 0,025 0,30
1,40
max.
0,08
0,08
0,40 P: 0,030 0,70
to 0,35 to S: 0,025 to
0,18
1,00
1,15
0,40
to
0,60
0,50 P: 0,030 **
max.
max.
0,18 0,40 to S: 0,025
1,40
0,30
**
max.
0,08
max.
0,50
0,90
**
max. 0,50
P: 0,030
to
max.
0,20
1,70 S: 0,025 0,30
**
max.
0,08
max.
0,50
max. 0,60
0,20
1,00
P: 0,030 max.
to
S: 0,025 0,30
1,70
max.
0,10
max.
0,80
Al tot.. *
Cu max. 0,30
Al tot.. *
Cu max. 0,30
Al tot..
min. 0,020
Cu max. 0,30
N max. 0,020
Nb max. 0,05
Ti max. 0,03
V max. 0,05
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,05
Al tot..
min. 0,020
Cu max. 0,30
N max. 0,020
Nb max. 0,05
Ti max. 0,03
V max. 0,10
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,12
Al tot..
min. 0,020
Cu max. 0,70
N max. 0,025
Nb max. 0,05
Ti max. 0,03
V max. 0,20
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,22
7)
Application
example
Material
Machining
6)
Welding preheat
temperature
Nitriding depth
In nitriding depth
On the surface
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
(ladle analysis)
5)
Welding suitability
Relative cost
factor
Flame and
Nitration-hardened
induction hardened
Pressure vessels,
metal sheets,
steel strips
2
* The Al content of the heat must be determined and stated in the certificate.
** The total content of the three elements chromium, copper and molybdenum taken together must not exceed 0,45 %.
Page 16
SN 359 : 2002-01
Tensile strength
Notch impact energy


Brinell hardness G
(Guide values)
Nominal thickness
Designation
Current
No.
Former
(Heat
treatment
condition) 21)
mm
Rm
A5
KV
Rbw
HB
S620QL
Engineering steels
with higher yield
point in quenched
and tempered or
in precipitationhardened condition
1.8927
TStE 620 V
620
Quenched and
tempered for > 50 100
lower
temperatures
580
> 100 150
560
650 to
830
3 50
690
Quenched and
tempered for > 50 100
lower
temperatures
770 to
940
650
760 to
930
> 100 150
630
710 to
900
3 50
890
940 to
1100
S690QL
1.8928
TStE 690 V
DIN EN
10137-2
SEW 090-2
Unalloyed
quenched and
tempered steels
S890QL
1.8983
TStE 890 V
N/mm 2
3 50
Quenched and
tempered for
lower
temperatures
> 50 100
Quenched and
tempered for
lower
temperatures
700 to
890
830
880 to
1100
960
980 to
1150
% %
J
min. min. min.
N/mm 2
min. max.
15
30 at
- 40C
14
30 at
- 40C
11
30 at
- 40C
10
30 at
- 40C
S960QL
1.8933
TStE 960 V
C22+N
1.0402
C 22 N
16
> 16 100
240
210
min. 430 24
min. 410 25
200
-
156
C35+N
1.0501
C 35 N
16
> 16 100
> 100 250
300
270
245
min. 550 18
min. 520 19
min. 500 19
240
-
183
normalised *
3 50
3)
R eH /
R p 0,2
N/mm 2
min.
Material
Type
and
standard
2)
Yield point or
0,2% proof stress
1)
DIN EN
10083-1 and 2
C45+N
1.0503
C 45 N
16
> 16 100
> 100 250
340
305
275
min. 620 14
min. 580 16
min. 560 16
280
-
207
Continued on
pages 18 and 19
C60+N
1.0601
C 60 N
16
> 16 100
> 100 250
380
340
310
min. 710 10
min. 670 11
min. 650 11
330
-
241
*) normalised or state achieved by normalising shaping
Page 17
SN 359 : 2002-01
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3
Nht
(mm)
(mm)
min. min.
min. min.
Si
Mn
P u. S
Cr
%
%
%
%
%
max. max. max. max. each max.
0,20 0,80 1,70 P: 0,020 1,50

S: 0,010
0,20 0,80 1,70
P: 0,020
1,50
S: 0,010
0,20 0,80 1,70 P: 0,020 1,50

S: 0,010
Mo
Ni
Others
TV
%
max.
%
max.
%
max.
(C)
Material
0,70
120
to
150
0,70
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015
Nb 0,06 4
Ti 0,05
V 0,12
Zr 0,15
120
to
150
2,0
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015
Nb 0,06 4
Ti 0,05
V 0,12
Zr 0,15
120
to
150
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015
Nb 0,06 4
Ti 0,05
V 0,12
Zr 0,15
120
to
150
0,70
2,0
0,20 0,80 1,70 P: 0,020 1,50

S: 0,010
0,70
2,0
0,17
0,40
to 0,40 to
0,24
0,70
0,045
0,40
0,10
0,40
0,32
0,50
to 0,40 to
0,39
0,80
0,045
0,40
0,10
0,40 Cr+ Mo+ 4

Ni
0,42
0,50
to 0,40 to
0,50
0,80
0,045
0,40
0,10
0,40
0,57
0,60
to 0,40 to
0,65
0,90
0,045
2 to
4
Application
example
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015
2,0 Nb 0,06 4
Ti 0,05
V 0,12
Zr 0,15
50+6 450
7)
Machining
6)
Welding preheat
temperature
Nitriding depth
In nitriding depth
On the surface
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
(ladle analysis)
5)
Welding suitability
Relative cost
factor
Flame and
Nitration-hardened
induction hardened
Vessel, trunnion ring,

brackets, lamella
plates
from
2 30 mm 1,0 1,3 1,1 Quality steel for
medium loading
150 C
max.
0,63
200
to
400
Quality steel for

1,1 1,4 1,2 medium loading,
bolts 5.6 from dia. 40
to 160 mm
200
to
400
1,2 1,5 1,2
1,6 2,1 1,3
Quality steel for

higher loading
limited feasibility
2 to
55+6 500
4
0,40
0,10
0,40
At least one of the grain-minimizing elements, one of which is aluminium, should be present at a min. percentage of 0,015%.
In the case of aluminium the minimum of 0,015% is valid for the soluble aluminium; this value is also considered attained when the total aluminium content
is at least 0,018%; in cases of arbitration the content of soluble aluminium must be determined.
Page 18
SN 359 : 2002-01
Notch impact energy

Fatigue strength under reversed

bending stresses
Current
No.
Former
C35+QT
C35E+QT
1.0501
1.1181
C 35 V
Ck 35 V
Unalloyed
C45+QT
quenched and
C45E+QT
tempered steels
1.0503
1.1191
C 45 V
Ck 45 V
C55+QT
C55E+QT
1.0535
1.1203
C 55 V
Ck 55 V
C 75 *
1.0605
C 75
DIN EN
10083-1 and 2
Flamehardening steels
(flame and
inductionhardening
steels)
DIN 17212)
Brinell hardness G
(Guide values)
A5
KV
Rbw
HB
N/mm2
N/mm2
630 to
600 to
550 to
700 to
650 to
630 to
800 to
750 to
700 to
780
750
700
850
800
780
950
900
850
min.
17
19
20
14
16
17
12
14
15
min. min.
40 35
45 35
50 35
35 25
40 25
45 25
30
35
40
-
min.
320
370
390
-
420
360
320
480
410
370
510
430
400
700
600
450
400
620 to 760
580 to 730
540 to 690
700 to 840
660 to 800
620 to 760
740 to 880
690 to 830
640 to 780
900 to 1100
800 to 950
700 to 850
650 to 800
17
19
20
14
16
17
12
14
15
12
14
15
16
40
45
50
35
40
45
25
35
40
50
55
60
60
42
42
42
28
28
28
45
50
50
45
320
370
390
440
-
> 16
> 40
> 100
quenched
and
tempered
>
>
>
>
16
40
100
160
16
40
100
160
250
900 1000 to 1300

750 1000 to 1200
650 900 to 1100
550 800 to 950
500 750 to 900
10
11
12
13
14
40
45
50
50
55
30
35
35
35
35
530
-
quenched
and
tempered
>
>
>
>
16
40
100
160
16
40
100
160
250
900
780
700
650
550
1100 to 1300
1000 to 1200
900 to 1100
850 to 1000
800 to 950
9
10
12
13
13
40
45
50
50
50
30 *
30 *
30 *
30 *
30 *
570
-
>
>
>
>
16
40
100
160
>
>
>
>
16
40
100
160
16
40
100
160
250
16
40
100
160
250
1000
900
800
700
600
1050
1050
900
800
700
1200 to 1400
1100 to 1300
1000 to 1200
900 to 1100
800 to 950
1250 to 1450
1250 to 1450
1100 to 1300
1000 to 1200
900 to 1100
9
10
11
12
13
9
9
10
11
12
40
45
50
55
55
40
40
45
50
50
35
45
45
45
45
30
30
35
45
45
570
-
1.1193.05
Cf 45 V
Cf 53 V 10)
1.1213.05
Cf 55 V
25CrMo4+QT
1.7218
25 CrMo 4 V
quenched
and
tempered
42CrMo4+QT
(41 CrMo 4 V) 10)
1.7225
42 CrMo 4 V
(1.7223)
1.7228
50 CrMo 4 V
(1.7238)
quenched
and
tempered
> 16
> 40
> 16
> 40
> 16
> 40
34CrNiMo6+QT
1.6582
34 CrNiMo 6 V
quenched
and
tempered
30CrNiMo8+QT
1.6580
30 CrNiMo 8 V
quenched
and
tempered
> 16
> 40
min.
430
380
320
490
430
370
550
490
420
16
40
100
16
40
100
16
40
100
16
40
100
160
Cf 45 V 10)
* not according to standard
> 16
> 40
Cf 35 V
50CrMo4+QT
(49 CrMo 4 V) 10)
16
40
100
16
40
100
16
40
100
> 16
> 40
1.1183.05
DIN EN
10083-1
+
quenched
and
tempered
Cf 35 V 10)
DIN 17212
Alloyed
quenched and
tempered steels
mm
ReH /
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
max.
Conversion table for Brinell hardness (quenched and tempered) see DIN 50150, conversion not exact.
21)
Yield point or
0,2% proof stress
Designation
Nominal thickness
(Heat
treatment
condition)
3)
Rm
Material
ype
and
standard
2)
Tensile strength
1)
Page 19
SN 359 : 2002-01
HRC HV1 Rht

min. min.
51+6 425
(mm)
2 to
4
2 to
55+6 500
4
57+6 525
-
51+6 425
2 to
4
2 to
4
2 to
55+6 500
4
57+6 525
54+6 475
Nitriding depth
In nitriding depth
On the surface
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
(ladle analysis)
HV3 HV3 Nht

min. min.
(mm)
300
200
+50
0,5
360
+50
0,5
300
400
330
+50
-
300
200
+50
360
+50
0,5
0,5
300
0,5
2 to
4
400
330
+50
0,5
600
310
+100
0,6
2
to
6
500
310
+100
0,6
Si
Mn
%
max.
0,32
to
0,39
0,42
to
0,50
0,57
to
0,65
0,70
to
0,80
0,33
to
0,39
0,43
to
0,49
0,50
to
0,57
0,40
0,40
0,40
0,15
to
0,35
0,15
to
0,35
0,15
to
0,35
0,15
to
0,35
0,50
to
0,80
0,50
to
0,80
0,60
to
0,90
0,60
to
0,80
0,50
to
0,80
0,50
to
0,80
0,40
to
0,70
0,22
0,60
to 0,40 to
0,29
0,90
0,38
0,60
to 0,40 to
0,45
0,90
P u. S
Cr
Mo
Ni
Others
TV
%
max.
%
max.
(C)
0,035
0,40
0,10
0,40
max. each max.
0,035
0,40
0,10
0,40
Cr+
Mo+
Ni
max.
0,63
4
4
0,035
0,40
0,10
0,40
0,045
P: 0,025
S: 0,035
P: 0,025
S: 0,035
P: 0,025
S: 0,035
0,035
0,90
to
1,20
0,15
to
0,30
0,035
0,90
to
1,20
0,15
to
0,30
200
to
400
200
to
400
7)
Application
example
1,1
Material
6)
Machining
5)
Welding suitability
Relative cost
factor
Flame and
Nitration-hardened
induction-hardened
1,4
1,6
1,2
1,5
QT and flamehardening steels for

1,7
medium and high
loads
1,2
1,5
1,8
1,1
1,4
1,6
1,2
1,5
QT and flamehardening steels for

1,7
medium and high
loads
1,2
1,5
1,8
200
to
400
1,5
1,9
1,6
2,1
Bolts 8.8 up to 100mm

dia., nuts, piston rods,
drive shafts, universal
1,6
joint shafts, coupling
hubs, mill pinions,
gear wheels
200
to
400
200
to
400
300
to
350
1,7
56+6 500
2
to
6
500
310
+100
0,6
0,46
0,50
to 0,40 to
0,54
0,80
0,035
0,90
to
1,20
0,15
to
0,30
4 a)
350
to
400
1,7
2,2
52+6 450
2
to
6
600
330
+100
0,6
0,30
0,50
to 0,40 to
0,38
0,80
0,035
1,30
to
1,70
0,15
to
0,30
1,30
to
1,70
300
to
350
1,7
2,2
650
350
+100
0,6
0,26
0,30
to 0,40 to
0,34
0,60
0,035
1,80
to
2,20
0,30
to
0,50
1,80
to
2,20
300
to
350
1,7
2,2
a)
Forms Cr carbides, which are difficult to machine.
Steel strips
Trunnions, pressure
plates, piston rods
Bolts 8.8, dia. 100 to

160 mm, pressure
plates, piston rods,
1,6 pinch rolls, universal
joint shaft heads,
pinion shafts, bevel
gears
Universal joint shaft
heads, worm shafts,
2,9 pinion shafts, gear
racks, gearwheels,
mill pinions
Bolts 10.9 up to
2,9 dia. 100 mm, gear
wheels
Page 20
SN 359 : 2002-01
Case hardening
steels
DIN EN
10084
Current
16MnCr5+TH
No.
Former
1.7131 16 MnCr 5 BF
High
temperature
X22CrMoV12-1
steels
DIN EN 10269
X 22 CrMoV
1.4923 12 1
+QT
Steels for
forgings
X20CrMoV11-1
DIN EN 10222-2
X 20 CrMoV
1.4922 12 1
+QT
> 100
> 250
S235JRG2
1.0038 RSt 37-2
+N
> 100
> 250
S235J2G3
1.0116 St 37-3
+N
> 100
> 250
S355J2G3
1.0570 St 52-3
+N
> 100
> 250
C22
1.0402 C 22
+N
1.1133 20 Mn 5
Steels for
forgings
DIN EN
10250-2
s SEW 550
(for >500 mm)
C35E
C45E
C60E
1.1181 Ck 35
1.1191 Ck 45
1.1221 Ck 60
* Preliminary value,
** Only guide values,
DVM specimen longitudinal
Notch impact energy


Yield point or
0,2% proof stress
mm
For storage the

heat treatment
20MnCr5+TH
1.7147 20 MnCr 5 BF condition can be
indicated:
+ TH
18CrNiMo7-6+TH 1.6587 17 CrNiMo 6 BF
20Mn5
ReH /
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
min.
Supplementary
symbol 20)
Designation
Rm
A5
KV
Rbw
N/mm2
%
%
J
min. min. min.
N/mm2
HB
min.
max.
720**
207
760**
217
800**
229
160
600
800 to 950
14
40
27
100
250
330
500
700 to 850
16
39
31
27
310
100
250
500
100
250
500
100
250
500
215
175
165
215
175
165
315
275
265
340
340
340
340
340
340
490
450
450
24
23
23
24
23
23
20
18
18
100
210
410
25
207
241
300
530
280
520
+N
260
500
250
490
400
550
+QT
> 70
300
500
> 160
300
500
270
520
> 100
245
500
+N
> 250
220
480
> 500
210
470
s >500
245 490 to 610
320
550
+QT
> 70
290
490
> 160
270
470
305
580
> 100
275
560
+N
> 250
240
540
> 500
230
530
s >500
295 590 to 720
370
630
+QT
> 70
340
590
> 160
320
540
340
670
> 100
310
650
+N
> 250
275
630
> 500
260
620
s >500
345 680 to 830
450
750
+QT
> 70
390
690
> 160
350
670
*** Notched bar impact bending tests at approx. 20C
> 100
> 250
> 500
3)
Tensile strength
Type
and
standard
Nominal thickness
Material
2)
Brinell hardness G
(Guide values)
1)
100
250
500
750
70
160
330
100
250
500
1000
1000
70
160
330
100
250
500
1000
1000
70
160
330
100
250
500
1000
1000
70
160
330
22
22
22
22
16
20
20
19
19
19
18
20
20
22
21
16
16
16
15
15
17
18
17
11
11
11
10
12
14
15
14
35
30
27
35 ***
30 ***
27 ***
35 ***
30 ***
27 ***
50
50
40
40
50
45
45
30
25
20
17
(31)
35
31
25
18
15
12
(24)
25
22
20
(-)
-
Page 21
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
factor
HRC HV1
(mm) (mm)
1,6
2,4
3,2
4,0
0,2
0,3
0,3
0,3
Eht
(mm)
min. min. max.
0,8 4)
57+5 550 1,2 4)
11)
1,6 4)
2,0 4)
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,4
Si
Mn
%
max.
P, S
Cr
Mo
Ni
Others
TV
(C)
max. each
0,14
1,00
0,035
to 0,40 to
0,19
1,30
0,17
1,10
0,035
to 0,40 to
0,22
1,40
0,15
0,50
0,035
to 0,40 to
0,015 d)
0,21
0,90
0,80
to
1,10
1,00
to
1,30
1,50 0,25 1,40
to
to
to
1,80 0,35 1,70
max. 0,55 max.

0,20
1,40
0,045
max. 0,55 max.

0,17
1,40
0,035
max.
max.
0,55
0,22
1,60
0,035
0,17
0,40
to 0,40 to
0,24
0,70
0,045
2 a)
V
0,20 to
0,35
V
0,25 to
0,35
0,18
0,40
11,00 0,80 0,30
to 0,50 to P: 0,025 to
to
to
S: 0,015
0,24
0,90
12,50 1,20 0,80
0,17
0,30
10,00 0,80 0,30
to 0,40 to P: 0,025 to
to
to
0,23
1,00 S: 0,015 12,50 1,20 0,80
0,17
1,00
to 0,40 to
0,23
1,50
0,32
0,50
to 0,40 to
0,39
0,80
0,30 max.
0,08 0,30
Al min.
0,020
0,30 max. 0,30

0,08
Cr+ Mo+
Ni max.
0,48
max.
0,30
0,30
0,08
Cr+Mo+
0,40 max.
0,10 0,40 Ni max.
0,63
7)
Application
example
Material
Machining
6)
Welding preheat
temperature
(ladle analysis)
5)
Welding suitability
Relative cost factor for

hardening treatment
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
Permissible deviation
Carburizing depth
C min.: 0,4%
Flame and induction-hardened
200 to
Pins, bushings, sliding
400 1,5 1,9 1,2 liners, eccentrics,
cylinders, worm shafts,
pinion shafts, bevel
200 to
1,5 1,9 1,2
gears, gearwheels
400
-
Gear components, ring

1,6 2,1 2,9 gears, drive pinions,
wear parts
350 to
4 450 b)
350 to
450 b)
150 to
4
280 c)
0,9 1,2
e)
e)
e)
e)
e)
1,0 1,3
e)
e)
1,0 1,3
Al min.
0,020
0,035
0,035
max. 0,40
Cr+Mo+
0,40 0,10
Ni max.
0,63
max.
0,40
0,40
0,10
e)
1
e)
e)
Coiler segments (hot

strip), table rollers
(covering), shafts for
mandrel extension
for low loads,

for general use
for medium loads,

for general use
1,3
1
e)
e)
1,1 1,4
1,3
0,42
0,50
to 0,40 to
0,50
0,80
0,035
Cr+Mo+
max.
0,40
0,40 Ni max.
0,10
0,63
1
e)
e)
1,2 1,5
1,3
0,57
0,60
to 0,40 to
0,65
0,90
0,035
0,40
max.
0,40
0,10
1
e)
e)
1,6 2,1
1,3
In non-hardened condition (otherwise 5: not weldable). b) Welding in the austenitic range.

d) Special requirement of SMS Demag.
Welding in the martensitic range.
e) Forgings weldable only under certain conditions, to be agreed upon with design department.
a)
c)
for medium loads,

for general use,
surface-hardening
Page 22
SN 359 : 2002-01
Type
and
standard
Steels for
forgings
20)
Designation
Current
No.
Former
Supplementary
symbols
25CrMo4
1.7218 25 CrMo 4
+QT
34CrMo4
1.7220 34 CrMo 4
+QT
42CrMo4
1.7225 42 CrMo 4
+QT
50CrMo4
1.7228 50 CrMo 4
+QT
30CrNiMo8
1.6580 30 CrNiMo 8
+QT
34CrNiMo6
1.6582 34 CrNiMo 6
+QT
33NiCrMoV14-5
1.6956 33 NiCrMoV 14 5
+QT
DIN EN
10250-3
SEW 550
(for > 500 mm)
X 20 Cr 13 V I
mm
70
> 70 160
> 160 330
70
> 70 160
> 160 330
160
> 160 330
> 330 500
> 500 750
160
> 160 330
> 330 500
> 500 750
160
> 160 330
> 330 660
> 500 1000
160
> 160 330
> 330 660
> 500 1000
70
> 70 160
> 160 330
1000
>1000 1500
>1500 2000
+QT 700
Rm
A5
Z
KV
Rbw HB
ReH /
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
%
%
J N/mm2
N/mm2
min.
450
700
15
50
400
650
17
45
380
600
18
38
550
800
14
45
450
700
15
40
410
650
16
33
30
500
750
14
27
460
700
15
22
390
600
16
390
590 to 740
16
(38)
25
550
800
13
20
540
750
14
15
490
700
15
490
690 to 840
15
(31)
45
700
800
12
45
630
750
12
40
590
700
12
590
780 to 930
12
(45)
45
600
900
13
45
540
850
14
40
490
800
15
490
690 to 840
15
(41)
28
980
1100
10
48
820
1000
12
48
780
950
12
- (34)
785 930 to 1130 12
735 880 to 1080 13
(34)
685 830 to 980 14
(34)
500
700 to 850
13
25
370
160
X20Cr13
1.4021 X 20 Cr 13 V II
X 20 Cr 13
Steels for
forgings
X17CrNi16-2
X 17 CrNi 16 2 V
1.4057 X 17 CrNi 16 2 V
X 17 CrNi 16 2
DIN EN
10250-4
X4CrNi18-10
1.4301 X 5 CrNi 18 9
X6CrNiTi18-10
1.4541
X 10 CrNiTi
18 9
10 CrNiMoTi
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 X
18 10
X4CrNiMo17-12-2
1.4401
X4CrNiMo16-5-1
1.4418
DVM specimen longitudinal

X 5 CrNiMo
17 12 2
-
+QT 800
+A
Brinell hardness G
(guide values)
3)

Tensile strength
Yield point or
0,2% proof stress
Nominal thickness
Material
2)
Notch impact energy

1)
600
800 to 950
12
760
20
400
20
15
-
230
+QT 800
+QT 900
+A
250
600
700
-
800 to 900
900 to 1050
1000
250
190
500 to 700
35
100
450
190
500 to 700
30
100
450
200
500 to 700
30
100
250
200
500 to 700
30
100
550
700
-
760 to 960
900 to 1100
1100
90
80
-
+QT 760
+QT 900
+A
450
10
-
16
-
295
320
Page 23
SN 359 : 2002-01
Si
Mn
%
max.
0,22
to
0,29
0,30
to
0,37
0,40
0,40
0,60
to
0,90
0,60
to
0,90
Mo
Ni
Others
TV
(C)
0,90
to
1,20
0,90
to
1,20
0,15
to
0,30
0,15
to
0,30
a)
a)
1,5
1,9
1,6
a)
a)
max. each
0,035
0,035
0,40
0,60
to
0,90)
0,035
0,90
to
1,20
0,15
to
0,30
a)
a)
1,7
2,1
1,6
0,46
to
0,54
0,40
0,50
to
0,80
0,035
0,90
to
1,20
0,15
to
0,30
a)
a)
1,7
2,2
1,6
0,26
to
0,34
0,40
0,30
to
0,60
0,035
1,80
to
2,20
0,30
to
0,50
1,80
to
2,20
a)
a)
1,7
2,2
2,9
0,30
to
0,38
0,40
0,50
to
0,80
0,035
1,30
to
1,70
0,15
to
0,30
1,30
to
1,70
a)
a)
1,7
2,2
2,9
0,28
to
0,38
0,40
0,15
to
0,40
0,035
1,00
to
1,70
0,30
to
0,60
2,90
to
3,80
V: 0,08
to 0,25
a)
a)
1,00
max.
1,50
P: 0,040
S: 0,030
12,0
to
14,0
c)
Material
Cr
0,38
to
0,45
0,16
to
0,25
b)
Application
example
P, S
a)
7)
Machining
6)
Welding preheat
temperature
(ladle analysis)
5)
Welding suitability
Relative cost
factor
0,12
to
0,22
max.
1,00
max.
1,50
max.
0,07
1,00
max.
2,00
max.
0,08
1,00
max.
2,00
max.
0,08
1,00
max.
2,00
max.
0,07
max.
1,00
max.
2,00
max.
0,06
max.
0,70
max.
1,50
P: 0,040 15,00
to
S: 0,030
17,00
17,0
P: 0,045
to
S: 0,030
19,5
P: 0,045 17,0
to
S: 0,030
19,0
16,50
P: 0,045
to
S: 0,030
18,50
P: 0,045 16,50
to
S: 0,030
18,50
15,00
P: 0,045
to
S: 0,030
17,00
2,00
to
2,50
2,00
to
2,50
0,80
to
1,50
1,50
to
2,50
8,00
to
10,50
9,00
to
12,00
10,50
to
13,50
10,00
to
13,00
4,00
to
6,00
350 to
450 b)
150 to
280 c)
350 to
450 b)
150 to
280 c)
350 to
450 b)
150 to
280 c)
1,1
1,1
1,7
N max.
0,11
1,5
1,9
3,8
1,6
2,0
5,0
6,5
N max.
0,11
Pressure rolls, mandrel bodies,

coilers for hot rolling mills
Reel shafts for cold rolling mill,

tie-rods, spindle shafts,
gear wheels
Big-diameter reel mandrels for

cold rolling mills,
spades, spindle shafts,
CVC blocks, pins,
push rods,
top clamp release cylinders
Ti
5x C,
to 0,70
Ti
5x C,
to 0,70
Pressure plates, coupling hubs,

drive shafts, bending blocks
Water boxes
N max.
0,020
Forgings weldable only under certain conditions, to be agreed upon with design department.
Welding in the austenitic range.
Discharge covers,
bottom clamp release cylinders
Page 24
SN 359 : 2002-01
Tensile strength
Notch impact energy


Brinell hardness G
(guide values)
Nominal thickness
Type of product *
20)
Designation
Current
No.
Former
Supplementary
symbol
X 20 Cr 13 VI
X20Cr13
1.4021 X 20 Cr 13 VII
X 20 Cr 13
mm
Rm
A5
KV
Rbw
HB
1.4057 X 17 CrNi 16 2
DIN 17440
X39CrMo17-1
700 to
850
13
25
370
+QT800
160
600
800 to
950
12
20
400
+A
max. 760
230
600
800 to
900
10
+QT900
X39 CrMo 17 1V
+QT
X39 CrMo 17 1
+A
X4CrNiMo17-12-2
1.4301 X 5 CrNi 18 9
1.4401
X 5 CrNiMo
17 12 2
N/mm2
min. max.
500
DIN EN
10088-1 to 3
X5CrNi18-10
J
min.
160
1.4122
and
%
%
min. min.
250
+A
Stainless steels
N/mm2
+QT700
+QT800
X17CrNi16-2
3)
ReH /
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
min.
Material
Type
and
standard
2)
Yield point or
0,2% proof stress
1)
quenched
solutionannealed
20
700
900 to
1050
1000
295
900
12
280
500 to
700
35
100
180
-
530 to
680
40 **
-
12
160
> 160 250
190
240
15
12
220
75
220
520 to
670
45 **
90
X6CrNiTi18-10
1.4541
X 10 CrNiTi
18 9
quenched
160
> 160 450
190
500 to
700
30
100
200
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
1.4571
X 10 CrNiMoTi
18 10
quenched
160
> 160 450
200
500 to
700
30
100
* C = cold-rolled strip; H = hot-rolled strip; P = hot-rolled plate;

** Thickness at least 3 mm
Page 25
SN 359 : 2002-01
(mm)
min. min.
-
(mm)
47
to
53
480
to
580
b)
c)
Si
Mn
%
max.
Mo
Ni
Others
TV
(C)
max. each
4
0,16
to
0,25
P: 0,040 12,0
max.
1,00
S: 0,015 to
1,50
a)
14,0
0,12
15,00
to max. max. P: 0,040 to
1,00
1,50
S:
0,030
0,22
17,00
0,33 max. max. P: 0,040 15,50

to 1,00 1,50 S: 0,015 to
17,50
0,45
0,80
to
1,30
P: 0,045
max. 1,00 max. S: 0,015 17,0
to
2,00
0,07
a)
19,5
16,50
max. max. max. P: 0,045 to
0,07 1,00 2,00 S: 0,015 18,50
P: 0,045 17,0
max. 1,00 max.
to
2,00 S: 0,015
0,08
a)
19,0
max. 1,00 max. P: 0,045 16,50

S: 0,015 to
0,08
2,00
a)
18,50
1,50
to
2,50
max.
1,00
350 to
450 b)
150 to
280 c)
350 to
450 b)
150 to
280 c)
350 to
450 b)
150 to
280 c)
8,00
to N 0,11 1
10,50
N max.
0,11
Pins, shafts, bushings,

pipe supports, oil
distributors, screws,
washers, semifinished products
Semi-finished
products
Cold and hot rolled

strip, hot rolled plate
9,00
Ti
to
5x C
12,00 to 0,70
2,00 10,50
Ti
to
to
5x C
2,50 13,50 to 0,70
In the case of bars, wires and forgings a max. content of 0.030 % S is applicable.
Welding in the austenitic range.
2,00 10,00
to
to
2,50 13,00
Application
example
Material
Welding preheat
temperature
Cr
7)
Machining
6)
P, S
a)
5)
Welding suitability
Nitriding depth
In nitriding depth
On the surface
(ladle analysis)
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht

min. min.
Relative cost
factor
Nitration-hardened
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
Flame and
inductionhardened
Screws, washers,
flanges, vessels,
1,5 1,9 3,8 shapes, wires, chains,
semi-finished products
Anchor bolts, shim

packs, plates, stud
anchors, seals
Flanges, vessels, pipe

1,6 2,0 5,2 couplings, shapes,
semi-finished
products, seals
-
Flanges, pipes, pipe

couplings, semifinished products
Page 26
SN 359 : 2002-01
Current
EN-GJL-200
Cast iron with

lamellar
graphite
EN-GJL-250 13)
No.
Former
Cast iron with

lamellar
GGL-320 MoCr 8
graphite
EN-GJS-400-18U
Spheroidal
graphite cast
iron
EN-GJS-500-7U

A5
%
Z
%
KV
J
Rbw
N/mm2
min.
min. min. min.
Brinell hardness G
(Guide values)
Notch impact energy

Rm
N/mm2
HB
min.
10 20
- > 20 40
> 40 80
min. 180
min. 155
min. 130
0,8
to
0,3
90
-
EN-JL
1040
GG-25
10 20
- > 20 40
> 40 80
min. 225
min. 195
min. 170
0,8
to
0,3
120
-
EN-JL
1050
GG-30
10 20
- > 20 40
> 40 80
min. 270
min. 240
min. 210
0,8
to
0,3
140
-
min. 350
max.
280
EN-JS
1062
untreated or
annealed for stress relief
EN-JS
1072
30
- > 30 60
> 60 200
250
250
240
min. 400
min. 390
min. 370
18
15
12
130
to
180
30
- > 30 60
> 60 200
250
250
240
min. 400
min. 390
min. 370
15
14
11
130
to
180
EN-JS
1082
GGG-50
30
- > 30 60
> 60 200
320
300
290
min. 500
min. 450
min. 420
7
7
5
170
to
230
EN-GJS-600-3U
EN-JS
1092
GGG-60
30
- > 30 60
> 60 200
370
360
340
min. 600
min. 600
min. 550
3
2
1
190
to
270
EN-GJS-700-2U
EN-JS
1102
GGG-70
30
- > 30 60
> 60 200
420
400
380
min. 700
min. 700
min. 660
2
2
1
225
to
305
EN-JM
1020
EN-JM
1030
GTW-S 38-12 annealed for

decarburi- sation
GTW-40-05
190
360
220
400
1.0420
GS-38
normalized
30
> 30 100
200
200
1.0446
GS-45
normalized
30
> 30 100
GS-52
1.0552
GS-52
normalized
GS-60
1.0558
GS-60
normalized
1.1120
GS-20Mn5V
quenched
and
tempered
DIN EN 1563
Malleable cast EN-GJMW-360-12

iron
DIN EN 1562 EN-GJMW-400-5
GS-38
Generalpurpose cast GS-45
steel
DIN1681
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
GG-20
GGG-40
EN-GJS-400-15U 13)
mm
EN-JL
1030
DIN EN 1561
EN-GJL-300
(Heat
treatment
condition) 21)
Designation
Tensile strength
Type
and
standard
3)
Yield strength
Strength category
Material
2)
Nominal thickness
1)
15)
14)
Cast steel
(weldable,
GS-20Mn5V
strong, tough)
DIN 17182
Expected values in the casting
(A3,4)
5
min. 380
min. 380
25
25
40
40
35
35
160
-
230
230
min. 450
min. 450
22
22
31
31
27
27
190
-
30
- > 30 100
260
260
min. 520
min. 520
18
18
25
25
27
22
210
210
30
> 30 100
300
300
min. 600
min. 600
15
15
21
21
27
20
240
240
max.
200
max.
220
110
to
150
130
to
170
150
to
200
175
to
220
50
- > 50 100
> 100 160
360
300
280
500 to 650
500 to 650
500 to 650
24
24
22
70
50
40
sample
diameter: 12
Page 27
SN 359 : 2002-01
7,15
7,20
7,25
88
to
113
103
to
118
1,0 1,3 1,0 GG-25 suitable for

castings for hydraulic
systems 200 bar
at supplier's discretion 4
108
to
137
1,0 1,2 1,0 drawing indication:

casting for hydr. systems
test pressure e.g.: 300 bar
1,0 1,2 1,0 Housings, fittings, valves
3,0
to
3,4
1,6
to
2,4
1,0 1,2
To be used only in
exceptional cases upon
previous agreement.
Better wear resistance at
higher temperature.
Mill housings, gen. cast

0,9 1,1 1,0 machine components with
ductility requirement
GGG-40 suited for

castings for hydr. systems
0,9 1,1 1,0
200 bar
Chocks
High impact resistance,

1,0 1,3 1,1 bearing and gear
components
1,0 1,3 1,2
7,10 12,5 169
max. each
0,5
0,60
0,20 0,20
to P:
to
to
S: 0,12
1,0
0,40 1,00
7,10 12,5 169
7,10 12,5 169
2 to
7,20 12,5 174
4
2 to 7,20 12,5 176

4
7,30
7,85 11,1 211
7,85
TV
47+6 375
Material
Machining
Ni Others
Welding preheat
temperature
7,30
Mo
Application
example
Mn
Cr
7)
Si
P, S
6)
Relative cost
factor
47+6 372
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Modulus of elasticity
Coefficient of expansion
Density
5)
(C)
for repair welding only
min. min.
Rht
(mm) kg/ 10-6/ kN/
dm3 K mm2
10,0
10,0
10,0
at 100C to +20C
HRC HV1
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
Flame and
Physical properties
induction-hardened
at supplier's discretion
Pistons, gearwheels,
wear parts
-
malleable cast iron specially developed for welding
cosmetic repairs only
0,15
to
0,18
0,18
to
0,23
0,28
to
0,35
0,40
to
0,44
0,30
to
0,50
0,30
to
0,50
0,30
to
0,50
0,30
to
0,50
0,60
to
0,80
0,60
to
0,80
0,60
to
0,80
0,70
to
0,90
max.
0,30
P: 0,020 max.
S: 0,015 0,30
0,025
0,025
max.
0,30
0,025
max.
0,30
approximate
analysis
0,17
1,00
max.
P: 0,020 max. max. max.
to
to
0,60
0,23
1,50 S: 0,015 0,30 0,15 0,40
3
4
1,3 1,6 1,2
Threaded fittings
1,0 1,3 1,0 For medium loads
from
30mm 1,1 1,3 1,0
150C
Cylinders, mill housings
150
1,2 1,4 1,0
to
200
200
1,2 1,5 1,0 Track rollers,
to
gear components
400
150
to
200
For welded highly loaded

1,2 1,4 1,0 machine components, mill
housings
Page 28
SN 359 : 2002-01
Former
GS-30 Mn 5 V
1.1165 GS-30 Mn 5 V
hardened
and
tempered
GS-25 CrMo 4 V
1.7218 GS-25
CrMo 4 V
hardened
and
tempered
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
I
II
I
II
I
I
II
I
I
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
Rm
N/mm2
A5
%
Z
%
250
400
min.
400
550
360
450
450
600
450
550
410
650
800
600
700
550
700
800
650
600
520 to 670
700 to 850
500 to 650
600 to 750
600 to 750
750 to 900
600 to 750
700 to 850
600 to 750
780 to 930
900 to 1100
800 to 950
850 to 1000
700 to 850
850 to 1000
900 to 1100
800 to 950
800 to 950
50
> 50
100
50
> 50
100
> 100
150
50
Brinell hardness G
(guide values)
mm
3)

No.
Current
(Heat
treatment
condition) 21)
Tensile strength
Quenched and
tempered cast
steel
Designation
Yield strength
Type
and
standard
Nominal thickness
Strength category
Material
2)
Notch impact energy

1)
KV
Rbw HB
J N/mm2
min. min. min.

14
50
10
35
12
35
10
27
18
50
10
35
14
40
10
32
12
32
14
35
10
27
12
30
10
27
10
27
12
45
10
35
12
30
10
27
min.
-
max.
-
1.7225 GS-42
CrMo 4 V
hardened
and
tempered
1.6582 GS-34
CrNiMo 6 V
hardened
and
tempered
Cast steel for G42CrMo4

flame and
induction
hardening
1.7231 G42CrMo4
quenched
and
tempered
150
470
min. 680
12
G50CrMo4
1.7232 G50CrMo4
quenched
and
tempered
150
520
min. 730
11
GP240GR+N
1.0621 GS-C 25 N
normalized
-
100
240 420 to 600

MPa
MPa
22
DIN 17205
GS-42 CrMo 4 V
GS-34 CrNiMo 6 V
SEW 835
100
> 100
150
100
> 100
> 250
27
GP240GH+QT
1.0619 GS-C 25 V
quenched
and
tempered
G20Mo5+QT
1.5419 GS-22 Mo 4 V
quenched
and
tempered
100
245 440 to 590

MPa
Mpa
22
27
1.7357 GS-17
CrMo 5 5 V
quenched
and
tempered
100
315 490 to 690

MPa
Mpa
20
27
1.7706 GS-17
CrMoV 5 11 V
quenched
and
tempered
150
440 590 to 780

Mpa
MPa
15
27
G-X22
GX23CrMoV12-1+QT 1.4931 CrMoV 12 1 V
quenched
and
tempered
150
540 740 to 880

MPa
Mpa
15
27
Cast steel for

service at
elevated
G17CrMo5-5+QT
temperatures
DIN EN
10213-2
> 50
G17CrMoV5-10+QT
40
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2
** The hardness values apply to the condition after stress-relieving at temperatures between 140 and 180C (see SEW 835; section 5.3)
Page 29
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
factor
HRC HV1 Rht

C
(mm) kg/ 10-6/ kN/ %
dm3 K mm2
min. min.
-
7,85
7,85 11,0 211
Si
%
Mn
%
P, S
%
7)
Application
example
Material
Machining
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
6)
Welding preheat
temperature
5)
Density
Hardening depth
In hardening depth
On the surface
Flame and
Physical properties
induction-hardened
Cr
%
Mo
%
Ni
%
Others
%
TV
(C)
150
to
200
1,2
1,5
1,0 Bearing races, wheels
200
to
400
1,5
1,9
1,2
max. each
0,27
1,20
to max. to P: 0,020
0,60
S: 0,015
0,34
1,50
0,22 max. 0,50 P: 0,020 0,80 0,20

to
to
to to
0,60
S: 0,015
0,29
0,80
1,20 0,30
Wheels, pinions, bevel gears

-
0,38 max. 0,60 P: 0,020 0,80 0,20

to 0,60 to S: 0,015 to to
0,45
1,00
1,20 0,30
7,85
min. 7,85
5
54+6 475 26to 7,85
54 **
min. 7,85
6
57 **
300
to
350
1,6
2,0
1,2
0,30
0,60
1,40 0,20 1,40
to max. to P: 0,020 to to to
0,60
S: 0,015
0,37
1,00
1,70 0,30 1,70
300
to
350
1,9
2,4
construction, pinions,
1,3 Gear
wheels
0,38
0,60
0,80 0,20
to max. to P: 0,020 to to
0,45 0,60 1,00 S: 0,015 1,20 0,30
300
to
350
Toggle levers, crane wheels,

bevel gears
0,46 0,25 0,50

0,90 0,15
to to to P: 0,035 to to
S:
0,035
0,54 0,50 0,80
1,20 0,25
350
to
400
Parts subject to wear which

have high strength and good
depth hardening capacity
0,18
max.
to
1,20
0,25 max.
P: 0,030
0,18 0,60 0,50 S: 0,020
to
to
0,23
1,20
from
2 30 mm 1,2
150C
1,4
1,0 Housings, covers
7,85
7,85 12,2 211
0,15
0,50
to max. to P: 0,025
0,23 0,60 1,00 S: 0,020
0,40
to
0,60
200
1,2
1,5
1,1 Valves, elbows
7,85 12,2 211
0,15
0,50
1,00 0,45
max.
to 0,60 to 0,020 to to
0,20
1,00
1,50 0,65
250
1,3
1,6
1,2
300
1,5
1,8
good high-temperature
1,3 strength, see DIN EN 10213
400
1,5
1,9
1,7 Coiler segments
V
0,20
to
7,85 0,30
Sn max.
0,025
V
0,25
0,20
0,50 P: 0,030 11,30 1,00 max.
to
7,7 10,5 216 to 0,40 to
to to
S: 0,020
1,00 0,35
0,26
0,80
12,20 1,20
W max.
0,50
0,15
0,50
1,20 0,90
to max. to P: 0,020 to to
0,60
S: 0,015
0,20
0,90
1,50 1,10
for highly stressed machine

components
Page 30
SN 359 : 2002-01
Hardness data
Yield strength
Tensile strength

3)
Rp 0,2
N/mm2
Rm
N/mm2
A5
%
Rbw
N/mm2
Material
Type
and
standard
Designation
Current
GK-CuSn10Zn *
No.
-
Former
GK-S1
min.
min. 160 min. 290 min. 20
Brinell hardness
HB 10/1000 at
20C 150C 200C 250C
min.
min.
min.
min.
85
60
70
Copper-tin-zinc cast
alloys (red brass)
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GS
CC493K-GS G-CuSn7ZnPb
(Rg 7)
min. 120 min. 230 min. 15
DIN EN 1982
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
GZ-CuSn7ZnPb
CC493K-GZ (GZ-Rg 7)
min. 120 min. 260 min. 12
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GC
CC493K-GC
GC-CuSn7ZnPb
(GC-Rg 7)
min. 120 min. 260 min. 12
70
CuSn12-C-GS
CC483K-GS
G-CuSn12
min. 140 min. 260 min. 7
80
CuSn12-C-GZ
CC483K-GZ
GZ-CuSn12
CuSn12-C-GC
CC483K-GC
GC-CuSn12
CuSn12Ni2-C-GS
CC484K-GS
G-CuSn12Ni
CuSn12Ni2-C-GZ
CC484K-GZ
GZ-CuSn12Ni
CuSn12Ni2-C-GC
CC484K-GC
GC-CuSn12Ni
CuSn11Pb2-C-GS
CC482K-GS
G-CuSn12Pb
CuSn11Pb2-C-GZ
CC482K-GZ
GZ-CuSn12Pb
CuSn11Pb2-C-GC
CC482K-GC
GC-CuSn12Pb
Copper-tin-lead cast
alloys (cast tin-leadbronze)
CuSn10Pb10-C-GS
CC495K-GS
G-CuPb10Sn
min. 80 min. 180 min. 8
70
60
DIN EN 1982
CuSn10Pb10-C-GZ
CC495K-GZ
GZ-CuPb10Sn
min. 110 min. 220 min. 6
(80)
70
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C-GS
CC333G-GS
G-CuAl10Ni
min. 250 min. 600 min. 13
185
140
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C-GZ
CC333G-GZ
GZ-CuAl10Ni
min. 280 min. 650 min. 13 (185)
150
AMPCO 18-23 **
AMPCO 18-23 (GZ) **
min. 365 min. 724 min. 14

(185)
min. 386 min. 758 min. 16
202
207
MAIN-METALL **
220 to
300
280 to
320
5 to
15
Alzen 305 **
5 to
8
12 to
20
290 to
390
290 to
390
Alzen 305 K **
215 to
275
215 to
265
Copper-tin cast alloys

(tin bronze)
DIN EN 1982
Copper-aluminium cast
alloys (cast aluminiumbronze)
DIN EN 1982
White bronze
GS = sand casting, GZ = centrifugal casting, GC = continuously cast material

* Not according to standard
** Not according to standard, CuAl alloy with special guaranteed values.
*** Upon request also < 80 HB
min. 150
min. 280 min. 5
110
90
min. 300 min. 6
min. 160 min. 280 min. 12

min. 180 min. 300
min. 8
85
140
min. 10
min. 130 min. 240

min. 150 min. 280
90
95
80
min. 5
130
90
85 to
125 ***
90
40
35
Page 31
SN 359 : 2002-01
Density
Physical
properties
kg/ 10-6/ kN/

dm3 K mm2
-
8,8
Chemical analysis
(main alloying constituents)
Cu
%
Sn
%
Zn
%
86,0 9,0 1,0

to to to
89,0 11,0 3,0
98 81,0 6,0
18,5 to
to to
115 85,0 8,0
2,0
to
5,0
Pb
%
Ni
%
Fe
%
P, S
%
Al
%
Si
%
Sb
%
5,0
max. max. max. max.
to max. max.
2,0 0,2 0,10 0,01 0,01 0,3
8,0
Properties
Application
example
from Purchase Dept. upon

request
Resistance to rolling emulsion

in aluminium stands
seawater-resistant, good
metal-working and emergency running properties,
sensitive to edge loading,
cost 30% lower as compared
with CuSn12-C-GS, not
weldable
Mn Others
%
%
P: max.
0,60
max. max. max.
max. max. max. max.
0,7 2,0 0,20 S: max. 0,01 0,01 0,15 0,20
0,05
P: 0,05
to
1,5
84,5
11,0
90
0,40
max.
max.
max.
max. max. max. max.
to
to to
17,5 to
0,4 0,3 2,5 0,20
0,01 0,01 0,1 0,20
110 87,5 13,0
S: max.
0,05
P: max.
0,40 max. max. max. max.
S: max. 0,01 0,01 0,20 0,20
0,08
85,0 11,0
to to
88,5 13,0
18,5
8,6
0,7
83,5 10,5
to to max. to max. max.
87,0 12,5 2,0 2,5 2,0 0,20
8,7 18,5
9,0 18,7
75
to
83
78,0 9,0
8,0
max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
to to max.
2,0 to 2,0 0,25 0,10 0,01 0,01 0,5 0,2
82,0 11,0
11,0
7,6
17
to
19
100 76,0 max. max. max. 4,0

to
to 0,1 0,50 0,03 to
128 83,0
6,0
4,0
to
5,5
7,45
16
112 85,5
4,4
24
1,0
to
5,0
4,8
26
3,0
to
5,0
Including nickel
remnant
75
8,5 max.
to 0,1
10,5
Cr max.
0,05;
max. Mg max.
3,0 0,05;
Bi max.
0,01
3,5
10,5
0,5
35,0
to
40,0
30,0
to
35,0
Slide plates, high-load

bearings,
operating temperature
max. 150 C
seawater-resistant, high
wear resistance,
good impact and fatigue
strength, sensitive to
edge pressure.
CuSn12Ni with increased
strength and resistance to
wear.
Sliding liners, highly stressed

sliding blocks, spindle nuts
moving under load, highly
stressed and fast-running
worm gears, very well suited
as bearing material with high
surface quality and hardened
shaft material, operating
temperature max. 250 C
highly corrosion and wearresistant, good sliding

properties, very good
emergency running
properties, insensitive to
edge pressure
Bearing material for roll

bearings and rotary shears.
Superior to tin bronze and red
brass in the case of journals
without surface hardening.
high resistance to wear and

heat, acid-proof, poor
emergency running
properties.
Bearing material for roll

bearings and rotary shears.
Superior to tin bronze and red
brass in the case of journals
without surface hardening.
Resistant to rolling emulsion in
aluminium stands
good metal-working and

emergency running properties, very long life, high
load-bearing capacity, less
costly than CuSn12-C-GS.
Heavily loaded wear strips and

bearings, worm gears up to
medium load.
Operating temperature
max. 120 C
Page 32
SN 359 : 2002-01
Designation
Type
and
standard
Current
CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1-
No.
Former
G-CuZn35Al1
GS CC765S-GS (G-SoMsF
45)
GZ CC765S-GZ GZ-CuZn35Al1
(GZ-SoMsF 45)
Copper-zinc cast alloys CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-C(cast special brass)
DIN EN 1982
G-CuZn34Al2
60)
GZ-CuZn34Al2
GZ CC764S-GZ (GZ-SoMsF
60)
G-CuZn25Al5
75)
CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-CGZ CC762S-GZ GZ-CuZn25Al5

Copper-zinc alloy
(Special brass)
CuZn37Mn3Al2PbSi-R540
DIN EN 12164
Tin cast alloy for
multilayer plain bearings
(babbitt metal)
SnSb8Cu4
LgSn 89

Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Rbw
N/mm2 N/mm2 dm3 N/mm2
min.
min. min. min.
170 450 20
min. min. min.
200 500 18
min. min. min.
250 600 15
min. min. min.
260 620 14
min.
450
min.
480
CW713R- CuZn40Al2F5416) ca.

(SoMs 58 Al 2 F 55) 280
R540
2.3791
47
min.
750
min.
8
metal
120
140
150
180
min. min.
540 15
ca.
150
31
60 to 90 to 5 to
100 120 8
H CuSn8613/8-1
H CuSn8613/8p-1
H CuSn8613/10p-1T1
H CuSnPb8313/8p-2Mo
H FeCu9404/10pf-2MoT5
BM11 CuSnPb8213/8E
300 **
500
to
700 **
BM11 CuSnPb8213/10pfE
300 **
500
to
700 **
BM11 CuSn8713/6E
300 **
500
to
700 **
min.
50
min.
85
min.
65
min.
85
min.
60
2
2
2
2
-
19
95
to
110
20
90
to
98
8,2
18
105
to
115
8,1
20
105
8,6
22
17
11
8
at
at
at
at
7,3 23,9 57
20C 50C 120C 150C
25 to
45
6,8
40
6,8
65
6,6
40
6,4
65
6,6
140
5,7
6,3
6,4 17,5 210**
6,5
18
45
50
18
53
46
51
13
45
Compressive strength:
300 N / mm2
Maintenance-free sliding materials
DEVATM
190
17)
110
Compressive strength:
250to 300 N / mm2
Microdistributed
solid lubricant *
Sintered bronze B 50
HB 10/1000 at
20C 150C 200C 250C kg/ 10-6/ kN/
min. min. min. min. dm3 K mm
min.
5
DIN ISO 4381

Sintered bronze
oil-impregnated
Brinell hardness
Density
Tensile strength
Yield strength
Material
3)
Physical
properties
Hardness data
40
Macrodistributed
solid lubricant *
dg02(2.1061) + C
2.1061.01
140
min.
260
10
90
80
8,7 18,5 100
devagleitTM
dg03(2.0975) + C
2.0975.03
300
min.
700
13
185
160
7,6
Microdistributed
solid lubricant *
DEVATM
strip metal
GS = sand casting, GZ = centrifugal casting, GC = continuously cast material

* not according to standard
** carrier material
17
130
Page 33
SN 359 : 2002-01
Chemical analysis
(main alloying constituents)
Dimensions
(commercial)
Properties
Application example
Cu 57,0 to 65,0; Al 0,5 to 2,5;

Fe 0,5 to 2,0; Mn 0,5 to 3,0;
Sb max. 0,08; Ni max. 6,0;
Pb max. 0,5; Sn max. 1,0;
Cu 55,0 to 66,0; Al 1,0 to 3,0;
Fe 0,5 to 2,5; Mn 1,0 to 4,0;
Sb max. 0,05; Ni max. 3,0;
Pb max. & Sn max. each 0,3;
Cu 60,0 to 67,0; Al 3,0 to 7,0;
Fe 1,5 to 4,0; Mn 2,5 to 5,0;
Sb max.0,03; Ni max. 3,0;
Pb max. & Sn max. each 0,2;
P max. 0,03; Si max. 0,1; balance: Zn
Cu 57,0 to 59,0; Al 1,3 to 2,3;

Mn 1,5 to 3,0; Pb 0,2 to 0,8;
Si 0,3 to 1,3; Sn max. 0,4;
Fe max. and Ni max. each 1,0;
balance: Zn
Sn 87,2 to 89,2; Sb 7,0 to 8,0;
Cu 3,0 to 4,0; As and Fe each 0,1;
Al and Zn each 0,01; Pb 0,35; Bi
0,08;
Others in total 0,2
Cu 89,0 to
Sn 9,0 to
91,0;
11,0
C 8,0 (% of weight)
C 8,0 (% of weight)
C 10,0 (% of weight)
Forcing nuts
Cu 86,0; Pb 2,0; Sn 13,0;

C 8,0 (% of weight)
Fe 94,0; Cu 4,0; Mo 2,0; S 2,0;
C 8,0 (% of weight)
Steel back: stainless steel
Slide layer: Cu 82,0; Pb 5,0;
Sn 13,0; C 8,0 (% of weight)
Steel back: Niro steel
Slide layer: Cu 82,0; Pb 5,0;
Sn 13,0; C 10,0 (% of weight)
Steel back: Niro steel
Slide layer: Cu 87,0;
Sn 13,0; C 6,0 (% of weight)
Cu 85,0 to 88,0; Sn 10,0 to 12,0;
Pb 1,0 to 1,5; Ni 0,8 to 1,5
high strength even at higher operating

temperatures
moderate sliding and emergency
running properties
20 to 280
20/40 to 550/600
84 x 254
90 x 350
116 x 268
126 x 227
spherical plain bearing
(as floating or locating
bearing)
Thin-walled high perWall
formance material
thickness
10 < D1 < 18 mm
1 mm
20 < D1 < 28 mm
1,5 mm
28 < D1 < 46 mm
2 mm
45 < D1 < 75 mm
2,5 mm
75 < D1 < 246 mm
3 mm
> 250 mm
5 mm
rolled plain bearings up to 1000 mm
> 1000 mm in segment arrangement
high deformability
very good antiseizure performance,
insensitive to edge pressure
For highly stressed rolling mill bearings, Morgoil bearings
excellent antiseizure performance,

no maintenance, sensitive to edge
pressure and shock loading.
self-lubricating sliding materials:
load carrying capacity:
static loads up to 200 N/mm
dynamic loads up to 100 N/mm
For bearings under low load

8 to 5 N/mm at low speeds
(0.5 to 1.0 m /s)
Self-lubricating sliding materials made

by the powder-metallurgical process,
for use at temperatures up to 200 C, extremely high-compressed,
through heat treatment up to 350 C, corrosion-resistant, suitable for high
temperatures.
to be specified in the order.
for use at temperatures up to 600 C
load carrying capacity:

Self-lubricating compound sliding ma
static loads up to 320 N/mm
terial, consisting of steel back with
dynamic loads up to 120 N/mm
at temperat. from 150 C to +280 C DEVA slide layer made by the rollingsintering process, for extremely high
loads, particularly cost-efficient due
rolled bearings usable up to 280 C. to thin walls, corrosion-resistant.
plates usable up to 350 C.
Self-lubricating sliding material, loadCylindrical plain bearings, spherical

capable up to 60 N/mm and 250 C
plain bearings, thrust bearings, thrust
faces, collar sleeves in nearly all
Cu min.78,0; Mn max. 3,5; Fe 3,0 to 5,0 dimensions
Self-lubricating sliding material, loadAl 10,0 to 11,5; Ni 3,0 to 5,5;
capable up to 150 N/mm and 250 C
including nickel
Statically very high loaded construc

tional parts, such as bearings under
high load and at low number of
revolutions,
highly stressed, slow-running worm
gear wheels, internal parts of highpressure fittings
Slide liners, shafts, washers, rings
Bushes up to 100 mm dia.

Cu 86,0;
Mo 2,0;
S 1,0;
Sn 13,0;
Forcing nuts under peak stress,

piston rings, sliding blocks
Devagleit enables maintenance-free

use of bronze plain bearings so far
with lubrication requirement, recommended for big dimensions, corrosionresistant.
January 2002
Drilling and thread depths
SN 480
Thread selection series and undercuts

Dimensions in mm
Maximum drilling depths
or
t1 for bits of normal lengths

t2 for overlength bits and
for drilling tools (twist,
single-lip and ejector drills)
d1
t1
d1
t1
t2
d1
t1
1,2
16
94
125
24
56
12
101
250
26
165
1500
50
220
321
26,5
165
214
52
225
1500
2,5
30
62
12,5
101
33
160
13,5
108
700
28
170
600
53
225
28,5
175
54
230
3,3
36
69
14
108
1500
29,5
175
56
235
3,5
39
180
14,5
114
43
190
15,25
120
230
30
175
1100
57
235
30,5
180
58
235
4,2
43
78
15,5
120
32
185
500
60
235
4,5
47
200
16
52
250
16,5
120
315
33
185
1500
61
240
125
230
33,5
185
62
240
600
5,3
52
5,5
57
250
17
125
315
34
190
340
66
245
17,5
130
700
35
190
68
250
57
900
18
130
1500
36
195
267
70
250
6,6
63
6,8
69
155
18,5
135
37,5
195
267
76
260
19
135
310
38
200
78
260
69
1200
19,5
140
260
38,5
200
75
8,5
75
265
20
140
500
39
200
1500
265
20,5
145
39,5
200
360
8,8
81
115
21
145
400
40
200
277
81
900
22
150
1500
42
205
9,5
81
280
22,5
155
43
210
10
87
500
23
155
198
43,5
210
10,2
87
185
23,5
155
345
44
210
750
10,5
87
185
24,5
160
290
45
210
1500
11
94
1500
25
160
1500
48
220
320
t2
11,8
t1
d1
t2
t2
In the d1 range from 45 mm

to 186 mm holes in 1 mm
dia. steps and drilling
depths of 6 x d1 can be
made with drilling tools.
Maximum drilling depths for multi-diameter and single-diameter holes

Drilling depth
Max. depth
Core hole dia.

d1
t1
d2
t2
Threaded connection
b
min.
8
G 1/8
1200
8,8
115
1200
1500
11,8
125
11
1500
12
G 1/4
1500
15,25
230
14
1500
12
G 3/8
1500
19
310
18
1500
14
G 1/2
1500
24,5
290
22
1500
16
G 3/4
1500
30,5
180
26
1500
18
G1
It is also possible to make single-diameter holes instead of multi-diameter holes. If no definite diameter is
required for the hole (d2), a diameter range, e.g. d2 = 11 mm to 22 mm, should be indicated to enable optimum
and cost-effective manufacture of the hole. The drawing indication of multi-diameter and single-diameter holes is
as follows:
e.g.
All holes having bigger depths than those stated in the above tables must be approved by the Operations Scheduling Dept.
Page 2
SN 480 : 2002-01
For pipe threads as in DIN ISO 228
b = useful thread length
Drawing indication
e.g.
d
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
Outside dia.
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
1/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
Core dia.
9,728
13,157
16,662
20,955
26,441
33,249
41,91
47,803
53,746
59,614
75,184
87,884
100,33
113,03
125,73
138,43
151,13
163,83
b min.
13
12
18
14
16
18
20
22
22
24
28
30
32
24
34
30
40
35
45
40
50
45
55
8,8
11,8
15,25
19
24,5
30,5
39,5
45
51
57
72,5
85,5
97,5
110,5
123
136
148,5
161
For metric thread as in DIN 13

d
Core dia.
b 1)
3,3
11
10
4,2
6,5
14
12
8,5
7,5
10
16
14
10,2
11
6,8
10
13
20
17
11,9
17
M 10
8,5
12
15
23
20
14,1
22
M 12
10,2
15
18
27
24
17,6
27
M 16
14
20
24
34
30
22
39
M 20
17,5
25
29
41
36
28
50
M 24
21
30
34
48
43
32
61
e.g.
M 30
26,5
38
42
58
52
37,6
78
For metric thread as in DIN 13
M 36
32
45
49
66
60
43
96
M 42
37,5
52
56
75
50
114
M 48
43
60
65
86
58
115
M 56
50,5
70
75
100
66
131
M 64
58
80
86
110
M 72 x 6
66
90
95
119
M 80 x 6
74
100
106
130
M 90 x 6
84
112
118
142
M 100 x 6
94
125
132
156
M 110 x 6
104
137
143
167
M 125 x 6
119
156
162
186
M 140 x 6
134
175
182
206
M 160 x 6
154
200
206
230
Drawing indication:
Drawing indication:
e.g.
t normal case
t short 2)
d1
+1
t 1 = 3)
Important!
t1 sinking
depth to be
chosen as
small as possible.
The manufacturing shop is free to choose a thread runout or undercut provided that the useful thread length is
observed.
1)
2)
3)
Guidance values for length of thread engagement 1,25 d.

To be used only in exceptional cases. The values for b can be attained only by manual recutting of the
threads.
Bigger depths only upon agreement with the Operations Scheduling Dept.
Page 3
SN 480 : 2002-01
Thread runout / thread undercut per DIN 76-1

Thread runout
x 1 normal case
x 2 short
Thread pitch
P
Thread undercut
a 1 normal case
a 2 short
a 3 long
Nominal thread
diameter (coarse
pitch thread)
d
0,7
0,8
1
1,25
1,5
1,75
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
4,5
5
5,5
6
4
5
6; 7
8
10
12
14; 16
18; 20; 22
24; 27
30; 33
36; 39
42; 45
48; 52
56; 60
64; 68
Type A normal case

Type B short
Thread runout
x1
x2
max.
normal
1,75
2
2,5
3,2
3,8
4,3
5
6,3
7,5
9
10
11
12,5
14
15
short
0,9
1
1,25
1,6
1,9
2,2
2,5
3,2
3,8
4,5
5
5,5
6,3
7
7,5
a1
Clearance
a2
max.
a3
dg
Thread undercut
normal
2,1
2,4
3
3,75
4,5
5,25
6
7,5
9
10,5
12
13,5
15
16,5
18
short
1,4
1,6
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
long
3,2
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
h13
d - 1,1
d - 1,3
d - 1,6
d-2
d - 2,3
d - 2,6
d-3
d - 3,6
d - 4,4
d-5
d - 5,7
d - 6,4
d-7
d - 7,7
d - 8,3
g1
min.
A
normal
1,5
1,7
2,1
2,7
3,2
3,9
4,5
5,6
6,7
7,7
9
10,5
11,5
12,5
14
g2
max.
B
short
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,5
1,8
2,1
2,5
3,2
3,7
4,7
5
5,5
6,5
7,5
8
Thread runout
Thread undercut
e 1 normal case
e 2 short
e 3 long
Type A normal case

Type B short
A
normal
2,45
2,8
3,5
4,4
5,2
6,1
7
8,7
10,5
12
14
16
17,5
19
21
B
short
1,75
2
2,5
3,2
3,8
4,3
5
6,3
7,5
9
10
11
12,5
14
15
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,6
2
2,5
3,2
Other dimensions as for thread runout

Gewindesteigung
P
0,7
0,8
1
1,25
1,5
1,75
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
4,5
5
5,5
6
Nominal thread diameter

(coarse pitch thread)
d
4
5
6; 7
8
10
12
14; 16
18; 20; 22
24; 27
30; 33
36; 39
42; 45
48; 52
56; 60
64; 68
Thread runout
(incl. excess length of pocket
hole)
e1
e2
e3
Guidance values
normal
3,8
4,2
5,1
6,2
7,3
8,3
9,3
11,2
13,1
15,2
16,8
18,4
20,8
22,4
24
short
2,4
2,7
3,2
3,9
4,6
5,2
5,8
7
8,2
9,5
10,5
11,5
13
14
15
long
6,1
6,8
8,2
10
11,6
13,3
14,8
17,9
21
24,3
26,9
29,4
33,3
35,8
38,4
Thread undercut
dg
H13
d + 0,3
d + 0,5
g1
min.
C
normal
2,8
3,2
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
D
short
1,75
2
2,5
3,2
3,8
4,3
5
6,3
7,5
9
10
11
12,5
14
15
g2
max.
C
normal
3,8
4,2
5,2
6,7
7,8
9,1
10,3
13
15,2
17,7
20
23
26
28
30
r
D
short
2,75
3
3,7
4,9
5,6
6,4
7,3
9,3
10,7
12,7
14
16
18,5
20
21
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,6
2
2,5
3,2
Page 4
SN 480 : 2002-01
Thread runout / thread undercut as in DIN 76-2

Thread runout
Thread undercut
x 1 normal case
x 2 short
a 1 normal case
a 2 short
a 3 long
Thread
runout
x1
x2
max.
Threads
DIN ISO 228-1
Pitch
P
0,907
1,337
1,814
2,309
d
G 1/8A
G 1/4A
G 1/2A
G1 A
to
to
to
G 3/8
G 7/8
G6
normal
2,3
3,3
4,5
5,8
short
1,3
1,7
2,3
2,9
Type A2 normal case

Type B2 short
Clearance
Thread undercut
a1
a2
max.
a3
dg
normal
3
4
5,5
7
short
2
2,7
3,6
4,6
long
4
5,4
7,2
9,2
h13
d-2
d - 2,5
d-3
d-4
g1
min.
A2
normal
1,5
2,5
3,8
4,6
g2
max.
B2
short
0,6
1,1
2
2,3
A2
normal
3,2
4,7
6,3
8,1
Thread runout
Thread undercut
e 1 normal case
e 2 short
Type C2 normal case

Type D2 short
B2
short
2,3
3,3
4,5
5,8
0,45
0,7
0,9
1,2
Other dimensions as for thread runout

Excess length of
pocket hole
e1
e2
Threads
DIN ISO 228-1
Pitch
P
0,907
1,337
1,814
2,309
1)
2)
d
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/2
G1
to
to
to
G 3/8
G 7/8
G6
normal
4,5
6,5
8,5
10
short
3
4
5,5
6,5
Thread undercut
dg
H13
d + 0,5
Recommended permissible deviation from the calculated dimension t =

d a min. = 1 d
d a max. = 1,05 d
C2
normal
3,8
5,3
7,2
9,2
+0,5
0
g1
min.
D2
short
2,3
3,3
4,5
5,8
The normal case applies every time no other indications are made on the drawings.
C2
normal
4,7
6,1
8
10,1
g2
max.
r
D2
short
3,2
4,4
5,6
6,7
0,45
0,7
0,9
1,2
Page 5
SN 480 : 2002-01
Thread selection series
Metric thread as in DIN 13 (SN 152)
Core hole
Shaded background = coarse pitch thread
Through-hole
Pitch
1,25 1,5 1,75
2
2,5
3
3,5
0,5 0,7 0,75 0,8
1
M 4
4,5
3,5 3,3
M 5
5,5
4,5
4,2
M 6
6,6
5,25 5,2
5
M 8
9
7,25 7,2
7
6,8
M 10
11
9,25
9
8,75 8,5
M 12
13,5
11 10,75 10,5 10,2
(M 14)
15,5
13
12,5
12
M 16
17,5
15
14,5
14
(M 18)
20
17
16,5
16 15,5
M 20
22
19
18,5
18 17,5
(M 22)
24
21
20,5
20 19,5
M 24
26
23
22,5
22
21
(M 27)
30
25,5
25
24
M 30
33
28,5
28
26,5
(M 33)
36
31,5
31
29,5
M 36
39
34,5
34
33
(M 39)
42
37
36
M 42
45
40,5
40
39
(M 45)
48
43,5
43
42
M 48
52
46,5
46
45
(M 52)
56
50,5
50
49
M 56
62
54,5
54
53
(M 60)
66
58,5
58
57
M 64
70
62
61
(M 68)
74
66
65
M 72 x 6
78
70
69
M 80 x 6
86
78
M 90 x 6
96
88
M100 x 6
107
98
M110 x 6
117
108
M125 x 6
132
123
M140 x 6
147
138
M160 x 6
168
157
M180 x 6
188
177
M200 x 6
208
197
M220 x 6
228
217
M250 x 6
258
247
M280 x 6
288
277
Sizes in brackets are used only in special cases.
Thread
designation
UNF thread
Heavy-gauge conduit thread (Pg)
SN 452
DIN 40430
Outside Core hole
Outside Core hole
2)
Designation
Designation
dia.
dia.
dia.
dia. *)
1/4
1/4 - 28 UNF
6,35
5,5
Pg 7
12,5
11,4
3/8
3/8 - 24 UNF
9,525
8,5
Pg 9
15,2
14
1/2
1/2 - 20 UNF 12,7
11,5
Pg 11
18,6
17,5
5/8
5/8 - 18 UNF 15,875
14,5
Pg 13,5
20,4
19,1
3/4
3/4 - 16 UNF 19,05
17,5
Pg 16
22,5
21,3
7/8
7/8 - 14 UNF 22,225
20,5
Pg 21
28,3
27
1
1
- 12 UNF 25,4
23,5
Pg 29
37
35,5
1 1/8 1 1/8 - 12 UNF 28,575
26,5
Pg 36
47
45,5
1 1/4 1 1/4 - 12 UNF 31,75
29,5
Pg 42
54
52,5
1 1/2 1 1/2 - 12 UNF 38,1
36
Pg 48
59,3
58
*) defined specifically for SMS Demag purposes
Size
in
inches
1)
2)
3)
4,5
5,5
32
35
52
56
60
64
68
76
86
96
106
121
136
246
276
37,5
40,5
-
43
47
-
50,5
54,5
-
58
62
66
74
84
94
104
119
134
154
174
194
214
244
274
Seating threads for thread inserts as in DIN 8140-1

Designation
EG M 5
EG M 6
EG M 8
EG M 10
EG M 12
EG M 16
EG M 20
EG M 24
EG M 30
EG M 36
5
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
30
36
Length
L 1 3)
to
12,5
to
15
to
20
to
25
to
30
to
40
to
40
to
48
to
60
to
72
Designation of female thread; for designation of male thread, add "A" for tolerance class A (e.g. G 1A).
Add tolerance class 2A for male threads and tolerance class 2B for female threads to the designation
(e.g. 1-8 UNC-2A or 1-8 UNC 2B).
L1 = nominal length of threaded insert (calculation value).
Core hole
dia.
5,2
6,3
8,4
10,5
12,5
16,5
20,75
24,75
31
37
Page 6
SN 480 : 2002-01
Designation 2)
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/2
4
- 20 UNC
- 16 UNC
- 13 UNC
- 11 UNC
- 10 UNC
- 9 UNC
- 8 UNC
- 7 UNC
- 7 UNC
- 6 UNC
- 5 UNC
- 4,5 UNC
- 4,5 UNC
- 4 UNC
- 4 UNC
- 4 UNC
- 4 UNC
- 4 UNC
NPT
- 27
- 27
- 18
- 18
- 14
- 14
- 11
SN 453
6,25
8,5
11,1
14,7
18
23,25
29,25
1 1/4
- 11
38
1 1/2
- 11
44,25
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
- 11
- 8
- 8
- 8
- 8
56,25
67
83
95,5
108
1/16
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
d1
Thread
Nomnial size and
number of threads
Predrill cylindrical hole without

use of an expanding reamer
UNC thread
SN 451
Outside dia.
Core hole dia. *)
6,35
9,525
12,7
15,875
19,05
22,225
25,4
28,575
31,75
38,1
44,45
50,8
57,15
63,5
69,85
76,2
88,9
101,6
5,2
8
10,8
13,5
16,5
19,5
22,1
25
28,2
34
39,6
45
51,5
57
63
69,5
82,5
95
For thread depths exceeding 1,5-fold dia., the operations scheduling

dept. must be consulted.
Hole depths analogous to metric threads
*)
defined specifically for SMS Demag purposes
NPTF
t1
6,15
8,4
11
14,5
17,75
23
29
37,5
(37,75)
44
(43,75)
56
66,5
82,5
-
12
12
17,5
17,6
22,9
23
27,4
28,1
28,4
28,4
40,8
43
44,7
45,6
Page 7
SN 480 : 2002-01
Simplified representation in drawings
All holes with a common center must be dimensioned from the top edge of the mounting plate.
Exceptions are as follows:
Thread and core-hole depths commencing centrically or non-centrically in a centering area and holes
commencing non-centrically in a centering area. In these cases dimensioning is from the lower surface. If
the simplified representation is not clear enough, a sectional view of the situation is required.
Holes commencing
noncentrically in a
centering area.
Holes and countersinks/counterbores with a common center
Thread and
core-hole depths.
Top edge
Mounting plate = datum surface
Core hole also serving as

hydraulic bore
January 2002
Curves, diagonals, undercuts
SN 481
Overview
Dimensions in mm
Curves and diagonals on turned parts
Table 1 for turned parts

(for manufacturing reasons, use the same sizes on one workpiece whenever possible)
r 1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8
1
1,2 1,6
2
2,5
3
4
5
6
8
10 12,5
f1
2
3
4
4,5
6
7,5 9,5 11,2 13 15 22,5 26 30
37 52
60
f2
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
3,5 4,5
5
6
7
11
12 14
17 24
28
f 3 0,5 0,8
1
1,2 1,6
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
6
7
8
10 14
16
Chamfers of 15 have to be used with preference on shafts and holes when the installation
shaft seals, wipers, guide strips etc. is intended.
16
20
25
32
40
75
93 120 150 187
35
43
55
69
87
20
25
32
40
50
of bearings, bushes, rotary
Curves and diagonals on milled parts
to be used with preference
Table 2 for milled parts

(for manufacturing reasons, use the same sizes on one workpiece whenever possible.)
Current sizes are shown in shaded boxes.
0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3
4
5
6
8
r2
permissible
- 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,5 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 5
deviation
f4
0,8
1 1,2 2
2 2,5 3 3,5 4
6
7
8 10
0,4
0,5
If required for reasons of function, the curves r2 are stated with the permissible deviation.
10
12,5
16
20
-5
-5
- 10 - 10 - 10
14
16
20
25
25
32
Otherwise, the general tolerances as in SN 200 are applicable.
Undercuts on grooved holes

For manufacturing reasons, grooved holes must be provided with undercuts. The type of execution is selected from Figs. 1 to
3. The dimensioning of the undercut depends upon the type of key (SN 708) used; the normal case is a depth t2 of 20 mm. If a
dimension t2 of less than 20 mm is required for reasons of design, then t2 min must not be smaller than 10 mm.
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 481 : 2002-01
Undercuts and curves on antifriction-bearing seats
(for antifriction bearings as in DIN 5418)
Important: Use type F for antifriction bearings combined with Nilos rings as in DIN 509.
Curves
Fig. 1: Housing
Fig. 2: Shaft
Fig. 3: Shaft with undercut - DIN 509, type E
rs = edge clearance on antifriction bearing

ras = groove radius on shaft
rbs = groove radius on housing
Table 3
r as / r bs
permissible
deviation
r
t 1 + 0,1
f
0,6
0,4
1
0,8
1,1
0,8
1,5
1,3
Curves of the antifriction bearings (edge clearance) rs min

2
2,1
3
4
5
6
1,8
1,9
2,3
2,5
3,5
4,5
0,2
0,6
0,2
2
7,5
5
0,5
1,6
0,3
4
2,5
0,4
5
9,5
7
12
9
15
11
1
4
0,5
7
For the designation and graphical representation of an undercut according to DIN 509 see next page.
Undercuts on shafts with constant nominal dimensions

When shafts have constant nominal dimensions but differing tolerance fields, the respective areas have to be separated by an
undercut. This undercut is then assigned to the smaller tolerance field and included in its length.
Table 4
r3
t2
f5
+ 0,1
0,6
0,6
1
1
1,6
2,5
4
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
2
2,5
4
2,5
4
5
7
Recommended assignment to nominal diameter

at increased resistance to
at normal load
alternating stresses
> 10 18
> 18 80
> 80
> 18 50
> 50 80
> 80 125
> 125
January 2002
Undercuts
Dimensions in mm
SN 695
DIN 509 abridged and enlarged
Undercuts according to DIN 509

The dimensions stated in the tables refer to the finished part. The figures show external undercuts on turned parts.
Type E undercut for further machining
Type F undercut for further machining of
of a cylindrical surface
z = machining allowance
d 1 = diameter of workpiece
cylindrical and end faces
Designation of an undercut of type E with radius r1 = 0,6 mm and depth t1 = 0,2 mm:
Undercut DIN 509 - E 0,6 x 0,2
Table 1
r
t1
f
g
t2
Recommended assignment to diameter d 1 1) for workpieces
+0,1
+0,2
+0,05
at increased resistance to
at normal load
0,1
0
0
0
alternating stresses
0,6
0,2
2
(1,4)
0,1
> 10 18
0,6
0,3
2,5
(2,1)
0,2
> 18 80
1
0,4
4
(3,2)
0,3
> 80
1
0,2
2,5
(1,8)
0,1
> 18 50
1,6
0,3
4
(3,1)
0,2
> 50 80
2,5
0,4
5
(4,8)
0,3
> 80 125
4
0,5
7
(6,4)
0,3
> 125
Surface quality Ra = 3,2, other qualities must be expressly stated in the designation, e.g.
Designation of an undercut of type E with radius r = 0,6 mm, depth t1 = 0,2 mm
and surface roughness Ra = 1,6:
Undercut DIN 509 - E 0,6 x 0,2 Ra 1,6

1)
The assignment to the diameter range does not apply to short projections and thin-walled parts.
When a workpiece has different diameters, it is practical, for reasons of manufacture, to use several undercuts
of the same type and size.
Depression on the counterpart
Table 2
Undercut
Size
rxt1
0,6 x 0,2
0,6 x 0,3
1 x 0,2
1 x 0,4
1,6 x 0,3
2,5 x 0,4
4 x 0,5
a
Minimum dimension
Type
E
0,8
0,6
1,6
1,2
2,6
4,0
7,0
Representation and indications of undercuts in drawings

In drawings undercuts are shown in a simplified way with their respective designations.
Example: Undercut type F
with radius r = 1 mm and a
depth t 1 = 0,2 mm
Example: Undercut type E

with radius r = 1 mm and a
depth t 1 = 0,2 mm
F
0,2
0
0,8
0
1,1
1,7
4,0
January 2002
Permissible bolt loads

SN 403
for bolts of strength category 8.8

Operating loads, pretensioning forces, tightening torques,
pretensioning units
This guideline is intended to enable rapid determination of bolt sizes of the strength category 8.81) and of the minimum space
requirement for the associated pretensioning units. The guideline does not apply to bolts with fine threads and to neckeddown bolts. In the hydraulic systems department special computer programs are available for the calculation of bolts for
pipeline flanges.
The operating loads stated in the table refer to purely axial loading and centric load introduction in the case of bolts with
metric ISO threads at a permissible temperature range from -50 C to +300 C. The calculation is based on a fatigue loading
of 40 N/mm for bolts < M 20 and of 33 N/mm for bolts M 20. The controlled tightening of the bolts using the specified
torques and pretensioning forces is an essential precondition for the durability of the bolted joints. Fine threads have
different permissible tightening torques, operating and pretensioning forces; tools for tightening by stretching, however, are
not available at SMS Demag. To avoid excess interfacial pressure under bolt head and nut and the resulting loss in tension,
washers according to SN 808 must be used. The strength categories 10.9 and 12.9 should be used only in exceptional cases.
Bolted joints which need controlled pretensioning must be specially marked in the drawing. This marking must be in the form
of a drawing sticker (F0403).
[mm]
M 6
M 8
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20
M 24
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
M 56
M 64
M 72 x 6
M 80 x 6
M 90 x 6
M100 x 6
M110 x 6
M125 x 6
M140 x 6
M160 x 6
1
1,25
1,5
1,75
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
4,5
5
5,5
6
>6
>6
Fv [kN]
[Nm]
Fv [kN]
20,1
36,6
58
84,3
157
245
353
561
817
1121
1473
2030
2676
3463
4344
5590
7000
8560
11800
14200
18700
3
7
11
16
27
36
52
85
124
175
231
299
384
486
600
782
983
1153
1410
1749
2346
3
7
11
17
32
42
61
100
146
206
273
354
454
575
708
924
1161
1363
1666
2067
2773
3
7
11
17
33
49
71
115
168
237
314
408
583
663
817
1065
1334
1573
1926
2390
3205
3
7
11
16
32
51
73
118
173
239
315
440
586
768
972
1260
1586
1957
2477
3078
4122
3
7
11
16
32
50
72
116
170
235
310
432
574
752
952
1233
1553
1915
2534
3233
4268
52
85
124
175
231
299
384
486
599
782
983
1153
1409
1749
2346
61
100
146
206
273
354
454
575
708
924
1161
1363
1666
2067
2773
71
115
168
237
314
408
523
663
817
1065
1339
1573
1926
2391
3205
90
146
214
300
398
519
667
846
1045
1359
1708
2013
2477
3079
4122
99
157
230
315
415
576
762
991
1247
1605
2011
2469
3079
3832
5184
7
13
20
29
55
86
124
199
291
401
529
732
969
1265
1597
2069
2605
3198
4205
5352
7073
7
18
35
61
149
290
500
1004
1749
2806
4236
6791
10147
14689
20368
29492
41122
54799
80284
113326
171027
158
251
366
502
660
909
1199
1551
1946
2504
3136
3835
5018
6362
8378
Grip ratio Ik / d for up to 3 joints
Units available at
SMS Demag
[mm] 2
As
Units available at
SMS Demag
Stretching 3)
Pretensioning force 5)
Turning 2)
Tightening torque
M A ( = 0,125)
Tightening method
Pretensioning force 4)
Bolt size
d1
Permissible axial operating load FA [kN]

Tightening method
Turning
Stretching
Stressed cross-section
The permissible axial operating loads FA stated in the table take account of the fatigue strength of a
bolted joint. If these operating loads are exceeded, there is no guarantee against fatigue fracture. In this
case a recalculation of the bolted joint according to VDI 2230 is required. A computer program for this
purpose is available in the development department.
Page 2
SN 403 : 2002-01
Minimum depths of engagement
Recommended depths of engagement for the strength categories
8.8
8.8
10.9
10.9
12.9
Thread fineness d/p
Hard aluminium alloy AlCuMg 1
Grey cast iron GG 25, GGG 40
Steel St37, C15N
Steel St50, C35N
Steel, heat-treated, Rm > 800 N/mm2
<9
1,1 x d
1,0 x d
1,0 x d
0,9 x d
0,8 x d
9
<9
1,4 x d
1,25 x d
1,25 x d
1,0 x d
0,9 x d
<9
1,4 x d
1,4 x d
1,2 x d
1,0 x d
In the usual case the necessary pretensioning of the bolted joint is performed with the tools for pretensioning by turning or
stretching, which are available in the SMS Demag workshop. In some cases these tools cannot be used due to lack of space.
Therefore it is necessary to indicate the tightening angle with pretensioning torque (MV = 0,1 MA) in addition to the necessary
pretensioning forces. These tightening angles cannot be represented in the form of a table. The tightening angles for bolts are
calculated with the following equation:
Meaning of the variables:
P
FV
E
Asch
lK
dw
a
DA
dh
= pitch of the bolt thread
= pretensioning force in kN (see table)
1
= modulus of elasticity (210 kN/mm)
= 360 F V lk 1 1 +
P
E A sch
2
= cross-section of shaft body = core section Ad3
lK
d w + dh
= length of grip
4
a
= outside diameter of head or nut contact face
2)
= 10 for plates having a radial expansion of DA 3 dw
(VDI 2230)
= outside diameter of a clamped sleeve (VDI 2230)
= hole diameter of secured components = inside diameter of replacement cylinder (VDI 2230)
Note: Further information on the pretensioning units can be obtained from the Workshop Assembly Dept.
2)
correction of the equation
1)
When other bolt materials are used, the pretensioning forces, oil pressures and tightening torques are converted with the
following factors:
For bolt material
5.6: 0,47;
10.9: 1,41;
12.9: 1,69;
A2-70: 0,71;
A2-80: 0,94.
These factors cannot be used for converting the permissible axial operating loads. Recalculation according to VDI 2230
is required.
Tightening of the bolt is accompanied by torsional and frictional moments and by friction losses occurring in addition to the
axial tensile forces due to the thread pitch and the lubrication and surface conditions. The stated pretensioning forces and
tightening torques take account of these factors for a 70 % use of the yield strength of bolt material 8.8. The effective
pretensioning force after settling is between 50 % and 60 % of the yield strength force.
The stated pretensioning forces take account of a 70 % use of the yield strength of bolt material 8.8 during tensioning. The
removal of the hydraulic pressure reduces, after manual retightening of the nut, the pretensioning force applied down to
appr. 60 % of the yield strength force due to settling taking place in the turns of the thread and on the contact surface of the
nut.
2)
3)
4)
Tightening factor A 1,4
5)
Tightening factor A 1,2

Size of the required end face
6)
Page 3
SN 403 : 2002-01
Tools available at SMS Demag for controlled pretensioning of bolts

Tightening by turning
(without gear)
Input e
Tightening
torque 1)
d1
Nm ( = 0,125)
M 6
M 8
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20
7
18
35
61
149
290
d2
d3
M 6
M 8
M 10
M 12
15
18
24
26
20
26
33
36
63
65
66
67
M 16
M 20
35
43
43
56
125
133
Input e
Gear
Output a
Bolt
size
Tightening
torque 1)
Nm
( = 0,125)
d1
Output
M 24
M 30
M 36
M 36
M 42
M 48
M 56
M 48
M 56
M 64
M 72x6
h1
Hexagon
Hexagon
socket
bolt
d1
Output a
(with gear)
for hexagon bolt

nut
Input
Output
e
a
10
13
1/2" (12)
17
19
24
3/4" (19)
30
500
1004
1749
1749
2806
4236
6791
4236
6791
10147
14689
for hexagon socket

bolt
Input
Output
e
a
5
6
1/2" (12)
8
10
14
3/4" (19)
17
Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
Bolt
size
Washer SN 808
Opening of impact socket wrench
Bolt
size
x
l1
92
93
94
95
25
9
11,5
13,5
16
153
153
35
21
30
Hexagon
socket
bolt
Hexagon
72
77
80
83
104
108
112
117
146
163
170
175
Opening of impact socket wrench

for hexagon bolt
nut
Gear
Input
e
Output
a
Input
e
3/4"
(19)
1"
(25)
1"
(25)
3/4"
(19)
1 1/2"
(38)
1 1/2"
(38)
3/4"
(19)
Profile
toothing
for hexagon socket

bolt
Output
a
36
46
55
55
65
75
85
75
85
95
105
Input
e
36
36
36
36
50
60
60
50
50
-
Output
a
19
22
27
27
32
36
41
36
41
-

Bolt
size
Output a
Washer SN 808
h1
Hex.
Hex.
sock.
d1
d2 d3 d4
bolt
M 24
57 62
310 360
M 30
70 78 80 325 375
M 36
88 90
340 390
M 36
88 90
350 400
M 42
100 107
405 455
174
M 48
113 125
425 475
M 56
136 140
450 500
M 48
120 125
450 500
M 56
132 140
460 510
200
M 64
145 156
468
M 72x6 158 177
475
-
h2
Hex.
Hex.
sock.
bolt
h3
200 250
215 265 66
230 280
275 325
285 335
105
305 355
320 370
365 415
375 425
146
385
395
-
x
Hex.
sock.bolt
340 390
362 412
404 454
394 444
456 506
483 533
517 567
508 558
527 577
542
557
-
Hex.
l1
l2
l3
l4
v
30
45 60 45 130 37
44
44
51
90 90 70 200
58
67
58
67
105 140 90 335
74
82
Page 4
SN 403 : 2002-01
(sockets with hydraulic cylinder and
ratchet)
Bolt
size
d1
Input e
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
Tightening
torque 1)
Nm
( = 0,125)
1004
1749
2806
4236
Opening
of impact
socket wrench
Input
e
1 1/2"
(38)
Output
a
46
55
65
75
Width across flats

of insert socket
Input
e
50
Output
a
22
27
32
36

h 1 min.*)
Hex.
Hex.
sock.
d1
d2 d3 A B C E F G
bolt
l1 l2
M 30
70 78
180
40
130
M 36
82 90
190
50
192 88 41 32 45 120
120
M 42 100 107
192 136 60
M 48 110 125
202 134 65
*) space requirement with handle: plus 80 mm.
Max.
torque
for
insert socket
Nm
5000
Bolt
size
Output a
Washer SN 808
Tool weights:
Type LT 50 MS = 14
pertaining hydraulic unit
= 50
kg
kg
(wrench with hydraulic cylinder)
Bolt
size
d1
With reaction arm applied
Washer
SN 808
Tool weights:
Type HPR 1000 = 20 kg
Type HPR 2500 = 25 kg
pertaining hydraulic units = 71 kg
v
37
44
51
58
x
Hex.
Hex.
sock.
bolt
220 170
240 180
250 190
265 200
M 24
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
M 56
M 64
M 42
M 48
M 56
M 64
M 72
M 80
Tightening
torque 1)
Opening of
impact
socket wrench
Nm
( = 0,125)
500
1004
1749
2806
4236
6791
10147
2806
4236
6791
10147
14689
20368
Input e /
Output a
36
46
55
65
75
85
95
65
75
85
95
105
115
Bolt
size
d1
M 24
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
M 56
M 64
M 42
M 48
M 56
M 64
M 72
M 80
d2
63
75
87
99
112
124
138
109
122
134
147
159
172
d3
62
78
90
107
125
140
156
112
125
140
156
177
177
Width across
flats of
insert socket
Input
e
36
50
50
-
Max.
torque
for
insert socket
Output
a
19
22
27
32
36
41
32
36
41
1450
2200
3500
6800
8950
8950
6800
9700
14300
25000
Nm

h1
X
Hex.
Hex.
Hex. sock.
Hex. sock.
bolt
h2 l1
l2
l3 V
bolt
25
75
33
30 55 105
25
75
40
37 62 112
30
80
48
44 74 124
40
90 320 55 222 430 51 91 141
65
58 103 153
45
95
70
67 112 162
50
80
74 124
40
90
60
51 100 150
65
58 115 165
45
95
75
67 125 175
365
300 545
50
100
80
74 135 185
55
105
85
80 145 195
60
90
88 160
-
Page 5
SN 403 : 2002-01
Tightening method
hydraulic turning
Opening of
impact
socket wrench
M 24
Nm
( = 0,125)
500
Output
a
36
M 30
1004
46
78
M 24
500
36
62
M 30
1004
46
78
M 36
1749
55
90
66 70 44
110
M 42
2806
65
107
51
117
M 48
4236
75
125 228 180 58,5
58
124
M 48
4236
75
125
M 56
6791
85
140 300 203 75
M 64
10147
95
156
=
=
=
1,45 kg
3,25 kg
4,4 kg
d1
Tool weights:
Type HSX
246 F
Type HSX
575 W
Type HSX 12100 F
Output a
Tightening
torque 1)
Bolt
size
h1
d3
62
173 143 38
230 175 60
Hexagon
bolt
h2
43,75
l1
53 45
57,95
67,5
Hexagon
bolt
30
83
37
90
30
96
37
103
58
142
84 87 67
151
74
158
Washer SN 808
Bolt
size
Width across
flats of insert
socket
Max.
torque
for
insert socket
Output a
Output a
Nm
65
32
6020
75
36
9700
85
41
12750
Opening
of impact
socket wrench
Tightening
torque 1)
M 42
Nm
( = 0,125)
2806
M 48
4236
M 56
6791
M 64
10147
95
46
M 72x6
14689
105
55
d1
Input e
1 1/2
15500

Bolt
size
Output a
Washer SN 808
Tool weight:
Type MSX/T155 TS = 14,1 kg
l1
d3
M 42
100
107
260
176
55
51
M 48
112
125
242
175
62
58
M 56
126
140
70
67
M 64
137
156
263
75
74
M 72x6
150
177
260
82
82
275
49
*) space requirement with handle: plus 60 mm.
237
180
183
Hex.
sock.
bolt
Hex.
d2
191
d1
230
h 1 min. *)
Hex.
Hex.
sock.
bolt
320
340
370
260
280
290
Page 6
SN 403 : 2002-01
Tightening by stretching
(hydraulic pretensioning tool)
Note:
Given the narrow supporting surfaces
of the hydraulic pretensioning units
as from M 80 x 6, the pretensioning
forces may cause indentations on the
component.
Unit shown:
type SKFHTS
Nut
Washer
SN 808
Pay attention to welds
Bolt size
Pretensioning force
Fv
d1
s
d2
d3
kN
M 24
158
36
45
78
M 30
251
46
55
M 36
366
55
65
102
M 42
502
65
75
M 48
660
75
90
145
M 56
909
85
100
M 64
1199
95
110
M 64
1199
95
110
M 72 x 6
1551
105
120
180
M 80 x 6 *)
1946
115
140
M 80 x 6 *)
1946
115
140
M 90 x 6 *)
2504
130
160
280
M100 x 6 *)
3136
145
175
M110 x 6 *)
3835
150
185
M125 x 6 *)
5018
180
220
364
M140 x 6 *)
6362
200
240
M160 x 6 *)
8378
230
270
*) to be used only in exceptional cases, use ITH units instead.
Tool weights:
Type 02.382
Type 02.383
Type 2.83
Type 2.135
Type 2.250
Type 3722
= 7 kg
= 15 kg
= 38 kg
= 70 kg
= 270 kg
= 480 kg
pertaining hydraulic units = 71 kg

d 4 6)
h1
l1
84
250
45
108
320
55
157
370
79
192
500
96
264
710
145
356
710
190
l2
64
70
97
93
121
128
133
153
158
165
215
225
233
238
295
305
320
v +10
0
50
60
80
90
100
120
130
130
150
160
160
180
200
220
250
280
320
X
300
310
395
405
470
485
500
630
645
660
870
890
910
925
970
990
1030
Page 7
SN 403 : 2002-01
Bolt
size
Pretensioning
force
d1
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
M 56
F v [kN]
251
366
502
660
909
Tool dimensions,
space requirement in mm
s
46
55
65
75
85
d2
55
65
75
90
100
d3
107
107
150
169
190
d4
h1
l1
95
119 60
105
125 137 80
140 145 90
168 153,5 102
+10
v 0
63
75
90
100
120
X
200
215
250
270
300
Tool weights (heads and bridges):

Type Flexitallic M30 = 3,46 kg
Pay attention to
transition areas
(radii, weld seams, etc.)
Washer SN 808
Nut
s
Bolt
size
d1
M 80x6
M 90x6
M100x6
M110x6
M120x6
M125x6
M125x6
M140x6
M160x6
Pretensioning
force
F v [kN]
1946
2504
3136
3835
4614
5018
5018
6362
8378
Nut
s
Pay attention to
transition areas
(radii, weld seams,
etc.)
Washer SN 808
Tool dimensions,
space requirement in mm
s
115
130
145
155
170
180
180
200
230
+10
d2 d3 d4 h1 l1
l2 v 0 X
140
200 160 462
160 225 237 302 125 210 180 482
175
220 200 502
185
240 220 590
210 280 292 370 153 255 235 605
220
260 250 620
220
300 250 678
240 358 370 428 195 310 280 708
270
320 320 748
Tool weights:
Type ITH M 80 / M 90 / M100 x 6 = 68 kg
Type ITH M110 / M120 / M125 x 6 = 122 kg
Type ITH M125 / M140 / M160 x 6 = 224 kg
January 2002
Design instructions on fasteners

Screws and bolts, nuts, washers in conjunction
with countersinks/counterbores and/or holes
SN 351
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Plug screws
up to G2: DIN 908
above G2: SN 595
Countersinks
as in
DIN 3852-2
SN 870
Type VSTI
For plug screws as in DIN 908, SN 595, SN 870; pipe couplings as in SN 456; venting
valves as in SN 501, and screw joints as in SN 834, SN 839.
Thread dia. DIN ISO 228

d1
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/4
G1
G 1 1/4
G 1 1/2
G2
G 2 1/2
G3
d1
i
Laid down
specifically for
Pertaining sealing rings
SMS Demag
type A as per
The profile packing is
purposes
for
DIN 7603
part of the coupling
for DIN 908; SN 456; SN 501
(Perbunan or Viton) SN 595; SN 870 SN 834; SN 839
Material: Cu
d2
14
19
22
27
32
40
50
55
68
84
100
c
4
5
5
5
5
6,5
6,5
6,5
5
8
8
i
8
12
12
14
16
16
16
16
20
26
26
d2
14
19
22
27
32
40
50
55
-
l
12
17
17
19
21
22,5
22,5
22,5
-
i
8
12
12
14
16
16
16
16
-
a
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
8
12
17
a 1 max.
1
1,5
2
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
3
-
Minor dia. of bolt thread

(max. dim.)
Core section
Lead
P
1
1,25
1,5
1,75
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
4,5
5
4,77
6,47
8,16
9,85
13,55
16,93
20,32
25,71
31,09
36,48
41,87
mm
17,9
32,8
52,3
76,2
144,1
225,2
324,3
519
759,3
1045
1377
k
4,5
5,5
7
8
10,5
13
15
19
23
26
30
n
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48
d7
9,8
13,2
16,7
21
26,5
33,3
42
47,9
59,7
-
permiss.
dev.
+0,2
0
+0,3
0
-
Laid down
specifically
for SMS
Demag
purposes
t1
13
18
18
22
24
28
30
32
34
40
40
W
0,1
0,2
-
T-slots
DIN 649
DIN 186
d1
M 6
M 8
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20
M 24
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
b 1 min. d 4 min.
8
19
12
25
12
28
14
34
16
42
18
47
20
58
22
65
24
76
30
85
30
102
T-head bolts
Metric
ISO thread
Thread dia. DIN 13
d2
b = useful
thread length
for T-head bolts per DIN 186
m
16
18
21
26
30
36
43
54
66
80
88
a
7
10
12
14,5
18,5
24
28
35
42
48
56
b
19
22
26
31
36
44
52
65
80
95
105
permissible
deviation
-1
-1
-2
-2
-2
-3
-3
-4
-4
-5
-5
h min.
GG
15
17
25
31
38
44
51
63
75
89
102
GG; St
c
r
15
8
0,6
17
9
0,6
21
11
0,6
25
12
0,6
30
15
0,6
34
17
0,6
39
19
0,6
48
24
1
57
28
1,6
67
32
1,6
76
36
1,6
Page 2
SN 351 : 2002-01
Hexagon fit bolts
Studs
DIN EN ISO 4014

DIN EN ISO 4017
DIN 609
SN 550
DIN 939
SN 343
DIN EN 20273 coarse

for steel contruction
Through-hole
Minor dia. of bolt thread
DIN EN 20273 medium

for mechanical engineering
(Max. dim)
Dia. of core hole bit:
DIN 13 Part 28
DIN 336
Lead
d1
Hexagon head bolts
DIN EN ISO
4032
DIN EN ISO
4032
Core section
DIN 13
Thread dia.
Metric
ISO thread
mm
d 3 medium d 3 coarse
DIN EN ISO
4032
v min.
ds
k6
d4
v min.
v min.
M 4
0,7
3,3
3,14
7,8
4,5
4,8
2,8
4,5
11
11
4,5
M 5
0,8
4,2
4,02
12,7
5,5
5,8
3,5
6,5
6,5
14
6,5
14
6,5
M 6
4,77
17,9
6,6
7,5
10
16
7,5
10
16
M 8
1,25
6,8
6,47
32,8
10
5,3
9,5
10
13
20
10
5,3
9,5
10
13
20
9,5
M 10
1,5
8,5
8,16
52,3 11
12
6,4
11,5
12
15
23
11
13
6,4
11,5
12
15
23
11,5
M 12
1,75 10,2
9,85
76,3 13,5
14,5
7,5
14,5
15
18
27
13
15
7,5
14,5
15
18
27
14,5
M 16
14
13,55
144,1 17,5
18,5
10
19
20
24
34
17
19
10
19
20
24
34
19
M 20
2,5
17,5
16,93
225,2 22
24
12,5
23
25
29
41
21
23
12,5
23
25
29
41
23
M 24
21
20,32
324,3 26
28
15
27,5
30
34
48
25
28
15
27,5
30
34
48
27,5
M 30
3,5
26,5
25,71
519
33
35
18,7
32,5
38
42
58
32
34
19
32,5
38
42
58
32,5
M 36
32
31,09
759,3 39
42
22,5
39
45
49
66
38
40
22
39
45
49
66
39
M 42
4,5
37,5
36,48 1045
45
48
26
43
52
56
75
44
46
26
43
52
56
75
43
M 48
43
41,87 1377
52
56
30
48
60
65
86
50
54
30
48
60
65
86
48
M 56
5,5
50,5
49,25 1905
62
66
35
56
70
75
100
58
63
35
56
70
75
100
56
M 64
58
56,64 2520
70
74
40
63
80
86
110
65
70
40
63
80
86
110
63
M 72 x 6
66
64,64 3287
78
82
45
70
90
95
119
75
80
45
70
90
95
119
70
M 80 x 6
74
72,64 4144
86
91
50
76
100
106
130
82
87
50
76
100
106
130
76
M 90 x 6
84
82,64 5364
96
101
57
84
112
118
142
112
118
142
84
M100 x 6
94
92,64 6740
107
112
63
92
125
132
156
125
132
156
92
M110 x 6
104
102,64 8273
117
122
69
100
137
143
167
137
143
167
100
M125 x 6
119
117,64 10869
132
137
79
112
156
162
186
156
162
186
112
M140 x 6
134
132,64 13818
147
155
88
124
175
182
206
175
182
206
124
M160 x 6
154
152,64 18299
168
175
100
140
200
206
230
200
206
230
140
According to DIN EN ISO 4014, DIN EN ISO 4017 and DIN EN ISO 4032 hexagon bolts and nuts are standardised only up to size M 64.
For bigger thread diameters the invalid standards DIN 931 and DIN 934 must be used.
Page 3
SN 351 : 2002-01
Widths across flats
Hexagon nuts
Hexagon nuts,
self-locking
Castle nuts
for bolts and nuts as

in:
for hexagon
and socket head for bolts and
bolts, hexagon
nuts
nuts
DIN 935
Cotter pins
DIN EN ISO 4032
DIN EN ISO
7042
Washers
DIN EN ISO 1234
SN 778
Washers
for high-strength
pretensioned
bolted joints
DIN EN ISO
7089
SN 808
Thread dia.
DIN 13
DIN 609, DIN 561,

DIN 935,
DIN EN ISO 4014,
(DIN 931),
DIN EN ISO 4017,
DIN EN ISO 4032,
(DIN 934)
Lockwashers
m max.
v min.
h max.
v min.
m max. v min.
n min.
Cotter pin
xl
d2
d2
d2
d1
0,8
M 4
M 5
3,2
6,5
1,2
1 x 10
0,5
8,79
4,7
11
5,1
7,5
1,4
1 x 12
10
11,05
10
5,2
13
7,5
10
1,8 x 14 10
12
1,6
11
M 6
14,38
13
6,8
16
12
9,5
12
2,5
2,3 x 16 13
1,2
16
1,6
16
2,5
M 8
17,77
16
8,4
20
10
15
12
15
2,8
2,3 x 20 16
1,5
20
20
2,5
M 10
20,03
18
10,8
25
12
17
15
19
3,5
2,9 x 22 18
1,5
24
2,5
24
M 12
26,75
24
14,8
34
16,4
22
19
23
4,5
3,7 x 28 24
30
30
M 16
33,53
30
18
41
20,3
28
22
27
4,5
3,7 x 36 30
37
35
4,5
M 20
39,98
36
21,5
49
23,9
33
27
33
5,5
4,6 x 40 36
2,5
44
45
M 24
50,85
46
25,6
58
30
41
33
40
5,9 x 50 45
2,5
56
55
M 30
60,79
55
31
70
36
48
38
46
5,9 x 63
66
65
M 36
71,3
65
34
77
46
55
7,5 x 71
78
75
M 42
82,6
75
38
86
50
60
7,5 x 80
92
90
10
M 48
93,56
85
45
101
57
68
7,5 x 100
105
10
100
11
M 56
104,86
95
51
114
66
78
11
9,5 x 100
115
10
110
11
M 64
116,16
105
58
128
73
85
11
9,5 x 112
120
12
M 72 x 6
127,46
115
64
140
79
91
11
9,5 x 140
140
14
M 80 x 6
144,08
130
72
156
92
104
14
12,4 x 140
160
16
M 90 x 6
161,02
145
80
172
100
112
14
12,4 x 160
175
16
M100 x 6
172,32
155
88
188
185
16
M110 x 6
200,57
180
100
212
220
22
M125 x 6
220,8
200
112
236
240
22
M140 x 6
254,7
230
128
268
270
22
M160 x 6
DIN EN ISO 4032
7,66
DIN 934
DIN 931, DIN 934
DIN EN ISO 4014, DIN EN ISO 4017, DIN EN ISO 4032
e min.
The necessary washers, spring washers and locking washers must be included in the grip length.
Length of engagement at 1.25 d1.
3) Bolt length (minimum length) = grip length + projection length. This minimum length must be rounded off to the next bigger bolt length stated in the relevant
standards.
1)
2)
Page 4
SN 351 : 2002-01
Socket head bolts
Counterbores for socket head bolts

DIN 974-1
DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO

4762,
1207
DIN 912
DIN
7984
with lockwasher as in SN 778 up
to strength grade 8.8
with lockwasher as in SN 778 up

to strength grade 8.8
DIN EN ISO 1207
dk
l g max.
dk
a max.
M 4
4,5
2,1
2,1
2,8
1,4
2,6
4,6
3,4
4,5
3,2
M 5
5,5
8,5
2,4
8,5
2,4
3,5
8,5
1,6
3,3
10
5,7
6,5 4,2
5,5
M 6
6,6
10
10
10
3,9
11
6,8
7,5 4,8
6,5
4,7
M 8
13
3,75
13
3,75
13
2,5
15
M 10
11
16
4,5
10
16
4,5
16
18
11
12,5 7,5
9,5
8,5
M 12
13,5
18
5,25
12
18
5,25
20
13
14,5 8,5 11
9,5
M 16
17,5
24
16
24
26
17,5 19
11,5 15
10,5
12
M 20
22
30
7,5
20
30
7,5
11
33
21,5 23
13,5 17,5
12,5
14
M 24
26
36
24
36
13
40
25,5 27,5 15,5 20,5
M 30
33
45
10,5
30
50
32
34
19,5 25,5
M 36
39
54
12
36
58
38
23,5 29,5
M 42
45
63
13,5
42
69
44
M 48
52
72
15
48
78
50
M 56
62
84
16,5
56
93
58
M 64
70
96
18
64
107
66
M 72 x 6
78
108
18
72
118
74
M 80 x 6
86
120
18
80
132
82
M 90 x 6
96
135
18
90
145
92
M100 x 6
107
150
18
100
160
102
M110 x 6
117
M125 x 6
132
M140 x 6
147
M160 x 6
168
DIN EN ISO 4762

DIN 912
d2
H13
10
without washer
l g max.
with washer
dk
For sizes above M 64:

DIN 912
(all sizes with
fine threads as in DIN 912)
without washer
d3
without washer
d1
DIN 13
Through hole per

DIN EN 20 273 medium
DIN 7984
Thread dia.
DIN EN ISO 4762
5,5
14,5 16,5
Short designation (d 3 / d 2 x t)
Page 5
SN 351 : 2002-01
Counterbores
Counterbores
Counterbores
DIN 974-2
for
hexagon head
screws,
hexagon nuts,
lockwashers
SN 778
and washers
DIN EN ISO 7089,
DIN EN ISO 7090,
SN 808
for
socket wrenches,
box wrenches and
striking-face box
spanners
Countersunk head
screws as in
DIN EN ISO 10642
for
eye bolts
DIN 580
and eye nuts
DIN 582
Countersinks
as in DIN 74-1
for countersunk
head screws as in
DIN EN ISO 10642
Type F
faced
= 90 +2
d2
d2
d4
10
18
11
18
13
= 90 1
k max.
d4
7,53
2,48
10
M 4
9,43
3,1
12,5
M 5
20
11,34
3,72
14,5
M 6
18
26
24
15,24
4,96
19
11
M 8
22
33
30
19,22
6,2
23,5
13
M 10
26
36
36
23,12
7,44
28
15
M 12
33
43
40
29,01
8,8
35
19
M 16
40
56
46
36,05
10,16
41,5
24
M 20
48
62
57
M 24
61
78
71
M 30
71
90
82
M 36
82
107
92
M 42
98
125
112
M 48
112
140
118
M 56
125
156
132
M 64
132
177
162
M 72 x 6
150
177
180
M 80 x 6
170
208
M 90 x 6
190
236
200
M100 x 6
200
264
M110 x 6
240
380
M125 x 6
260
380
M140 x 6
290
380
M160 x 6
H13
dk
Thread dia.
DIN 13
for wear plates
min.
H13
s min.
d1
Foundation
Dimensions in mm
Through-hole
Threaded pin
Stone bolt
T-head bolt
Adhesive anchor
SN 172
DIN 529
SN 425
SN 705
DIN 24536
Grout
and shrouder
pipe
sealing
Grout
T-head bolt
Anchor plate
Graphic symbol. Example: M 30
Stone bolt
Adhesive
anchor
Threaded
pin
Shank type A
Note:
Observe SN 559 and
other standards.
Note:
Always combined with
anchor plate or
double anchor plate
for 1000 mm
length
per 10 mm
length
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20
M 24
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
M 56
M 64
M 72x6
M 80x6
M 90x6
M100x6
M110x6
M125x6
M140x6
M160x6
Weight
in kg
12
200 100
45
0,34 0,006
16
250 100
55
0,5 0,009
15
110 0,113 0,009
20
320 100
70
0,92 0,016
20
125 0,205 0,016
25
400 100
85
1,49 0,025
25
170 0,336 0,025
27
54
28
24
100
3,55 500 100 100
2,22 0,036 500
3,66 0,036 30
210 0,505 0,036
34
68
35
30
120
5,55 600 100 120
3,63 0,055 600
5,77 0,055 36
280 0,857 0,055
40
82
40
36
160
5,51 0,08
8,36 0,08
300 1,32 0,08
47
94
48
42
180
10,87 800 100 160
7,83 0,109 800 11,48 0,109 48
350 1,94 0,109
53
102
54
48
210
14,2 1000 100 180 10,65 0,142 1000 15,09 0,142 55
400 2,76 0,142
62
116
62
56
10
250
19,33 1100 100 210 15,27 0,193 1100 20,71 0,193 62
500 3,87 0,193
70
128
70
64
10
280
25,25 1300 100 250 21,09 0,253 1300 27,31 0,253 72
600 5,1
78
142
80
72
10
300
31,96 1400 100 290 27,81 0,32 1400 34,87 0,32
87
154
90
80
15
320
39,46
1600 43,36 0,395
97
170 100
90
15
360
49,94
1800 55,33 0,499
107
185 110 100
15
400
61,65
2000 69,07 0,617
118
205 120 110
15
440
74,6
2200 84,52 0,746
133
230 135 125
15
500
96,33
2500 111,2
0,963
148
255 150 140
15
560
120,8
2800 141,2
1,208
168
290 170
3200 189,1
1,578
T-head
e1
+2
0
e2
+2
0
d3 d2
+2
0
f x 30
L2
Weight in
kg / m
d1
Weight
in kg
for 500 mm
length
per 10 mm
length
For
thread
size
Bolt
Weight
in kg
t1
t2
e
700 100 140
700
d2
42
t
-
for 100 mm
length
per 10 mm
length
Graphical
symbol 1)
0,252
The graphic symbols must always be drawn with axes of coordinates (see Figs. 1 and 2). The positions of the stone bolts or T-head
bolts. In the case of graphic symbols for T-head bolts with double anchor plates the T-head bolt clearance (k) is stated as specified in
1)
2)
The graphical symbols are standardised in DIN 24536 up to size M100 x 6. For M110 x 6 and above the symbols have been defined
specifically for SMS Demag purposes.
v-dimensions are based on washer thicknesses per SN 220 or SN 808 + 1 x nut height per ISO 4032/DIN 934 + 1 x d 1 for the
application of hydraulic pretensioning units as in SN 403.
January 2002
anchoring elements
SN 372
Dimensions in mm
Projection
Rectangular washer
Round washer
SN 220
SN 808
Nut
up to M64:
DIN EN ISO
4032
Anchor plate
Shrouder pipe
SN 227-1
DIN 2458
above M64:
DIN 934
[Double anchor plate

SN 227-2]
b1
t1
a
Graphic symbol
with T-head bolt
e.g. for M30:
Single:
di
da
b1
t1
8,4 0,012
da
di
Weight in
kg / m
Weight in
kg/unit
SN 808 SN 220
also
SN220
Weight in
kg/unit
di
as for washer
as in SN 808
2)
Weight in
kg/unit
+10
v 0
Weight in
kg/unit
Double:
25
10,5
20
2,5 0,005
30
13
24
0,008
10,8 0,017
35
17
30
0,015
14,8 0,033
40
21
35
4,5 0,026
18
50
60
50
80
10
0,28
25
45
0,04
21,5 0,11
180 20
75
7,5 114,3 109,1 2,6
7,16
60
75
60
90
15
0,55
31
55
0,08
25,6 0,223 210 25
90
11,5 114,3 109,1 2,6
7,16
80
90
70 100
20
0,94
37
65
0,129
31
0,393 240 30 110
17
8,79
0,064
139,7 134,5 2,6
90
105
80 115
25
1,49
43
75
0,209
34
0,652 270 30 120
22
139,7 134,5 2,6
100
120
90 130
30
2,28
50
90
10
0,368
38
0,977 300 35 140
30
168,3 162,5 2,9
11,8
120
135
100 145
30
2,83
58
100
11
0,52
45
1,42
330 35 150
36
168,3 162,5 2,9
11,8
130
155
110 160
35
3,93
66
110
11
0,601
51
1,98
370 40 175
50
193,7 187,9 2,9
13,6
150
170
120 180
35
4,79
74
120
12
0,751
58
2,67
410 40 190
62,5 219,1 212,7 3,2
17
160
190
130 200
40
6,52
82
140
14
1,111
64
3,44
450 40 205
74,5 219,1 212,7 3,2
17
180
220
145 220
50
9,9
93
160
16
1,672
72
4,93
500 50 235 108,5 244,5 238,1 3,2
19
200
240
160 240
50
11,8
104
175
16
1,954
80
6,82
550 50 255 129
266,6 3,2
21,3
220
265
180 260
60
17,3
114
185
16
2,094
88
8,2
600 60 285 182
323,9 317,5 3,2
25,3
250
305
205 290
70
25,5
129
220
22
4,308 100
13
660 60 315 220
323,9 317,5 3,2
25,3
280
340
230 320
80
36,1
144
240
22
4,995 112
17,5
750 80 355 366
355,6 349,2 3,2
27,8
320
395
260 350 100
54,9
164
270
22
6,24
26,5
850 80 365 466
406,4 399,2 3,6
35,8
128
273
8,79
For
thread size
d1
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20
M 24
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
M 56
M 64
M 72x6
M 80x6
M 90x6
M100x6
M110x6
M125x6
M140x6
M160x6
with anchor plates are determined by dimensioning the axes of coordinates.

SN 227-2 (see Figs. 1 and 2). The graphic symbols themselves need not be drawn to scale.
Stud anchors see SN 854

Shrouder pipe sealing for T-head bolts, threaded pins and rectangular shrouder pipes
see SN 207-1 to 3
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
January 2002
Mechanical fasteners
Screws, bolts and nuts
SN 485
Selection
d
Hexagon head bolt
1)
DIN EN ISO 4014
Ordering example:
ISO 4014 M 20 x 80 8.8
Note:
For sizes above M 64 please refer to
DIN 931-2.
Hexagon head cap screw

DIN 931-2
DIN 931 M 80 x 6 x 300 8.8

Note:
For sizes up to M 64 please refer to
DIN EN ISO 4014.
2)
3)
d a max.
e min.
k
s
l
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
M4 M5
14
16
20
22
33
35
4,7 5,7
7,66 8,79
2,8 3,5
7
8
M36
84
97
39,4
60,79
22,5
55
M42 M48 M56 M64

96 108
109 121 137 153
45,6 52,6 63
71
71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
26
30
35
40
65
75
85
95
Weight (7,85 kg/dm) in kg per 1000 pieces

3,12
3,61
4,04
4,53
4,86
5,64 8,06
6,42 9,13
7,2 10,2
7,98 11,3
8,76 12,3
13,4
14,4
20,3
22,2
24,2
25,8
27,8
29,8
31,8
35,7
38
41,1
43,8
46,9
50
53,1
59,3
65,5
71,7
58,1
62,6
67
70,3
74,7
83,6
92,4
101
109
118
3)
d a max.
e min.
k
s
l
131
139
155
171
186
202
218
230
246
262
278
255
279
303
327
351
374
398
422
446
494
544
125 mm
2)
200 mm
M 72 x 6
156
169
79
116,16
45
105
2)
For lengths in shaded area refer to

ISO 4017
1)
For lengths
l
For lengths 125 mm < l
3)
For lengths
l
d
b
Dimensions in mm
M 6 M 8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
18
22
26
30
38
46
54
66
24
28
32
36
44
52
60
72
37
41
45
49
57
65
73
85
6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4
11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 33,53 39,98 50,85
4
5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 18,7
10
13
16
18
24
30
36
46
M 80 x 6
172
185
87
127,46
50
115
M 90 x 6
192
205
97
144,08
57
130
428
464
500
535
560
595
630
665
735
805
870
935
823
880
920
975
1030
1085
1200
1310
1420
1530
1640
1750
1860
> 200 mm
M 100 x 6
225
107
161,02
63
145
M 110 x 6
245
117
172,32
69
155
1470
1550
1630
1790
1950
2110
2270
2430
2590
2750
2910
3070
3230
2310
2520
2740
2960
3180
3400
3520
3640
3860
4080
4300
M 125 x 6
275
132
200,57
79
180
3440
3720
4010
4290
4570
4850
5130
5410
5690
5970
5660
6030
6410
6800
7190
7580
7970
8350
8600
9100
9600
10100
10600
11100
M 140 x 6 M 160 x 6
305
345
147
167
220,8
254,7
88
100
200
230
Weight (7,85 kg/dm) in kg per 1000 pieces
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
400
420
440
460
480
500
9,36
9,9
10,5
11,1
11,7
12,4
13
13,7
14,3
15
15,6
2)
3)
12,6
13,3
14,1
14,9
15,6
16,4
17,2
18
18,8
19,6
20,4
21,2
22
17,6
18,5
19,5
20,5
21,5
22,5
23,5
24,5
25,5
26,5
27,5
28,5
29,5
30,5
24,2
25,3
26,5
27,7
28,9
30,1
31,3
32,5
33,8
35
36,2
37,4
38,6
31
32,5
34
35,4
36,8
38,2
39,6
41
42,5
44
45,5
47
45,8
47,7
49,6
51,5
53,5
55,4
57,3
59,2
61,1
63
61,7
64
66,4
68,8
71,2
73,6
76
78,4
80,8
92,1
95,3
98,4
101,5
104,7
107,9
111,1
For lengths 125 mm < l 200 mm

For lengths
l > 200 mm
Page 2
SN 485 : 2002-01
Hexagon head screw
with coarse-pitch thread
DIN EN ISO 4017
M4
M5
2,1
2,41
2,8
3,19
3,75
3,96
3,37 5,11
3,87 5,8
4,49 6,65
5,11 7,51
5,73 8,37
6,35 9,23
6,99 10,1
7,59 11
55
60
65
70
Note:
Fine-pitch threads only according to
DIN EN ISO 8676. Table values acc.
to DIN EN ISO 4017 do not match for
fine-pitch threads.
Hexagon socket countersunk

head screws
DIN EN ISO 10642
The following applies to screws

over - - - : b = l l g max.
below - - - : l g max. = l b
Ordering example:
ISO 10642 M 12 x 40 8.8
M8
a max. 2,1 2,4

3
4
d a max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2
e min. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38
k
2,8 3,5
4
5,3
s
7
8
10
13
l
12
1,8 2,87 4,42
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Ordering example:
ISO 4017 M12 x 30 8.8
M6
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
180
200
d
P
b
11,9
12,7
M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
4,5
11,2
17,77
6,4
16
5,3
6
7,5
9
10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5 18
13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63
71
20,03 26,75 33,53 39,98 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
7,5
10 12,5 15 18,7 22,5 26
30
35
40
18
24
30
36
46
55
65
75
85
95
Weight (7,85 kg/dm 3) in kg per 1000 pieces
11,1
12,3
13,9
15,5
17,1
18,7
20,3
21,8
21,2
23,7
26,2
28,7
31,2
33,7
36,2
34,1
37,7 76,9
41,3 83,5
44,9 90,2 155
48,5 97,1 165
52 103 176
274
23,4
25
26,6
28,2
38,7
41,3
43,8
46,3
55,6
58,2
62,8
66,4
110
117
123
130
186
196
207
217
289
304
319
334
31,4 51,3 73,6 144

56,3 80,8 157
61,3 88 170
95,2 184
102 197
210
For lengths in the shaded area
224
refer to ISO 4014
237
238
258
279
300
320
340
361
381
363
393
423
453
483
513
543
572
(SMS Demag determination)
M4
0,7
20
8,96
2,48
4,58
2,5
M5
0,8
22
11,2
3,1
5,5
3
M6
1
24
13,44
3,72
6,72
4
543
566
590
910
637
685
732
779
827
874
921
969
1010
1110
1210
990
1060
1140
1200
1260
1330
1400
1470
1540
1680
1810
1460
1550
1650
1740
1840
1930
2020
2120
2210
2400
2590
2320
2450
2570
2690
2820
2940
3060
3310
3560
3410
3580
3750
3920
4080
4250
4590
4920
4900
5120
5340
5560
5780
6230
6670
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
1,25
1,5
1,75
2
2,5
28
32
36
44
52
d k max.
17,92
22,4
26,88
33,6
40,32
k max.
4,96
6,2
7,44
8,8
10,16
l g max. *)
8,71
10,7
12,69
14,8
17,66
s
5
6
8
10
12
a
90 to 92
l
Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
8
0,92
1,6
2,35
10
1,07
1,85
2,7
5,47
12
1,23
2,1
3,05
6,1
10,1
16
1,53
2,59
3,76
7,35
12,1
20
1,84
3,09
4,46
8,6
14,1
21,2
25
2,23
3,71
5,34
10,2
16,6
24,8
30
2,9
4,33
6,22
11,7
19,1
28,5
51,8
35
3,4
5,43
7,1
13,3
21,6
32,1
58,4
91,4
40
3,9
6,2
8,83
14,8
24,1
35,7
65,1
102
45
7
9,9
17,3
27,1
39,3
71,7
112
50
7,74
11
19,9
30,1
43
78,4
123
55
12,1
22,3
32,9
48,5
85
133
60
13,2
24,8
35,7
54
91,7
143
65
27,3
38,5
59,5
98,4
153
70
29,8
41,2
62,9
111
164
80
32,3
44
67,4
127
200
90
46,8
71,9
143
226
100
49,6
76,4
159
253
*) Lengths indicated above the dashed stepped line have threads up to the screw head within a distance of 3P.
This leads to the equation l g max. = k max. + 3P
Page 3
SN 485 : 2002-01
d
Hexagon fitting bolt
with long threaded portion
DIN 609
DIN 609 M 12 x 50 8.8
Hexagon head screw with full dog

point and small hexagon
DIN 561
Material acc. to DIN ISO 898-5

DIN 561 - M 16 x 70 - 14H
1)
2)
3)
d s k6
e min.
k
s max.
l
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
M8
14,5
16,5
21,5
9
14,38
5,3
13
M10
17,5
19,5
24,5
11
17,77
6,4
16
22
24,5
27
29,5
32
34,5
37
39,5
42
44,5
35,5
39,2
42,9
46,7
49,9
53,6
57,4
61,1
64,8
68,6
76
83,5
1)
2)
3)
d
a 1 max.
d a max.
dp
e min.
k
s max.
z 2 min.
l
M6
3
6,8
4
8,79
5
8
3
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
4,26
4,95
5,65
6,53
7,38
M12
20,5
22,5
27,5
13
19,85
7,5
18
M16
M20
M24
M30
25
28,5
27
30,5
36,5
43
32
35,5
41,5
48
17
21
25
32
26,17
32,95
39,55
50,85
10
12,5
15
19
24
30
36
46
48,6
53,8
59
64,2
68,7
73,9
79,2
84,4
89,6
94,8
105
115
126
136
104
112
121
130
139
148
157
166
175
193
211
228
246
264
282
300
195
203
215
229
242
256
269
283
310
338
365
392
419
446
474
310
339
358
378
397
416
455
493
532
570
609
647
686
For lengths
l 50 mm
For lengths
l > 150 mm
M8
3,75
9,2
5,5
11,05
6
10
4
8,66
9,94
11,4
13
14,6
16,1
M10
4,5
11,2
7
14,38
7
13
5
17
19,5
22
24,4
26,9
29,4
31,9
630
661
693
724
787
850
914
977
1050
1110
1170
1230
1290
1350
1420
1480
M36
49
54
38
60,79
22
55
M42
56
61
44
71,3
26
65
M48
63
68
50
82,6
30
75
1020
1070
1110
1200
1290
1380
1470
1560
1650
1740
1810
1900
1990
2080
2170
1600
1720
1840
1960
2080
2200
2320
2440
2540
2660
2780
2900
3020
2410
2570
2720
2870
3020
3180
3330
3470
3630
3780
3940
4090
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
5,25
6
7,5
9
10,5
12
13,7
17,7
22,4
26,4
33,4
39,4
8,5
12
15
18
23
28
17,77 19,92 26,75 33,53 39,98 51,28
9
11
14
17
21
25
16
18
24
30
36
46
6
8
10
12
15
18
34,1
37,7
41,2
44,8
48,4
52
59,2
66,4
62,6
69,1
75,7
82,3
88,9
102
115
128
142
132
143
154
176
198
220
242
264
233
249
281
313
345
377
409
473
446
493
540
587
634
727
821
914
876
944
1010
1150
1280
1420
1560
1690
M42
13,5
45,6
32
61,31
30
55
21
1320
1410
1510
1700
1890
2080
2270
2460
2650
2840
3030
M48
15
52,6
38
72,61
34
65
24
M56
16,5
63
45
83,91
40
75
28
2040
2160
2410
2660
2910
3160
3410
3660
3910
4160
4410
4660
3120
3450
3780
4110
4440
4770
5100
5430
5760
6090
6420
Page 4
SN 485 : 2002-01
Hexagon socket head bolt
with coarse-pitch thread
d
b
M4 M5 M6 M8
20
22
24
28
4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2
7
8,5 10
13
4
5
6
8
2,1 2,4 3
3,75
3
4
5
6
M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36

32 36
44
52
60 72
84
11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4
16 18
24
30
36 45
54
10 12
16
20
24 30
36
4,5 5,25 6
7,5 9 10,5 12
8 10
14
17
19 22
27
M42
96
45,6
63
42
13,5
32
M48
108
52,6
72
48
15
36
M56
124
63
84
56
16,5
41
M64
140
71
96
64
18
46
d a max.
d k max.
DIN EN ISO 4762
k max.
l g max. *)
s
l
12
1,95 2,95 5,07 10,9
16
2,25 3,45 5,75 12,1 20,9
20
2,65 4,01 6,53 13,4 22,9 32,1
25
3,15 4,78 7,59 15
25,4 35,7 71,3
30
3,65 5,55 8,3 16,9 27,9 39,3 77,8 128
35
4,15 6,32 9,91 18,9 30,4 42,9 84,4 139
40
4,65 7,09 11
20,9 32,9 46,5 91 150 270
45
7,86 12,1 22,9 36,1 50,1 97,6 161 285 500
50
8,63 13,2 24,9 39,3 54,5 106 172 300 527
55
14,3 26,9 42,5 58,9 114 183 316 554 870
60
15,4 28,9 45,7 63,4 122 194 330 581 910 1370
65
31
48,9 67,8 130
205 345 608 950 1420
70
33
52,1
71,3
138
216 363 635 990 1470 2040
over - - - : b = l l g max.
80
37
58,5 80,2 154 241 399 690 1070 1580 2180 3340
90
64,9 89,1 170 266 435 745 1150 1680 2320 3530 5220
100
71,2 98 186 291 471 800 1230 1790 2460 3720 5470
110
107 202 316 507 855 1310 1890 2600 3920 5730
120
116 218 341 543 910 1390 2000 2740 4110 5980
130
234 366 579 965 1470 2100 2880 4300 6230
140
250 391 615 1020 1550 2210 3020 4490 6490
Ordering example:
150
266 416 651 1080 1630 2320 3160 4680 6740
ISO 4762 M 12 x 50 - 8.8
160
282 441 687 1130 1710 2420 3300 4880 6900
180
491 759 1240 1870 2640 3590 5270 7250
200
541 831 1350 2030 2860 3870 5650 7750
220
903 1460 2190 3080 4150 6040 8250
Note:
240
975 1570 2250 3300 4430 6420 8750
Both in case of the hexagon socket
260
1680 2410 3520 4710 6810 9260
head bolts with fine-pitch threads and
280
1790 2570 3740 4990 7200 9760
those with coarse-pitch threads
1900 2730 3960 5270 7580 10300
above M 64 reference must be made 300
to DIN 912.
*) Lengths indicated above the dashed stepped line in bolt type have threads up to the screw head within a
distance of 3P. This leads to the equation l g max. = 3P
Hexagon socket head bolt
with low head
DIN 7984

over - - - : l g max. = 3 P
DIN 7984 M 12 x 60 - 8.8
d
b 2)
dk
da
max.
k
l g max.
s
l
6
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
M4
14
7
4,7
2,8
2,1
2,5
M5
16
8,5
5,7
3,5
2,4
3
0,96
1,12
1,28
1,44
1,76
2,15
2,64
2,26
2,5
2,74
3,22
3,77
4,54
5,31
2)
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
18
22
26
30
38
10
13
16
18
24
6,8
9,2
11,2
13,7
17,7
4
5
6
7
9
3
3,75
4,5
5,25
6
4
5
7
8
12
3,59
3,94
4,64
5,34
6,45
7,56
8,67
9,78
For lengths l 125 mm
8,05
9,25
10,5
12
14
16
18
20
22
26
14,4
16,4
19
21,6
24,7
27,8
30,9
34
40,2
46,4
24,1
27,7
31,3
34,9
39,3
43,7
48,1
56,9
65,8
74,7
62,1
68,8
75,5
82,2
89,6
104
119
134
M20
46
30
22,4
11
7,5
14
M24
54
36
26,4
13
9
17
130
140
150
172
197
222
247
272
223
253
288
324
359
395
Page 5
SN 485 : 2002-01
Hexagon socket pipe plug
DIN 906
t
b
DIN 906 R 1/2 St
R 1/8
t min.
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/2
R 3/4
10
7
R1
R 1 1/4
R 1 1/2
18
20
22
24
12
10
12
17
6
11,5
SMS Demag manufacturing instruction:

When a plug screw with tapered thread, e.g. R , must be flush with the surface after insertion in a cylindrical hole,
e.g. G or Rp , the first turns of the female thread must be removed.
d
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/4
G1
G 1 1/4
G 1 1/2
Counterbore
2
3
4
5
6
depth
If possible this counterbore depth must be specified in the drawing and taken into account during assembly.
Weight
3,38
7
12,2
19
40,2
57,5
135
214
kg/1000 pcs.
Hexagon socket plug

with parallel thread
G 1/8 A
SN 869
t min.
G 1/4 A
G 3/8 A
G 1/2 A
G 3/4 A
10
7
G1A
12
10
12
17
G 1 1/4A
G 1 1/2A
G2A
18
20
22
22
24
32
11,5
13
Use only for closing holes without pressure.

SN 869 G1A St
Plug screw with collar,

hexagon socket and
parallel thread
(metric and inch threads)
up to G 2 A or M64
DIN 908
above G 2 A
SN 595
DIN 908 G 1 A St,

DIN 908 M30 x 2 St
SN 595 G 3 A St
Weight
kg/1000 pcs.
3,38
12,2
19
40
57,5
135
214
350
d1
DIN 908
SN 595
Sizes in
G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/2A G3/4A G1A G1 1/4A G1 1/2A G2A G2 1/2A G3A
inches
c + 0,5
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
5
8
8
d 2 h14
14
18
22
26
32
39
49
55
68
84
100
i 0,2
8
12
12
14
16
16
16
16
20
26
26
11
15
15
18
20
21
21
21
25
34
34
l
s D12
5
6
8
10
12
17
22
24
32
30
30
t min.
5
7
7,5
7,5
9
9
10,5
10,5
14
20
20
Weight
6,34
14,6
21,4
40,8
73,5
111
187
246
445
1110
1530
kg/1000 pcs
Pertaining sealing rings of type A as per DIN 7603
Material: Cu
Inside dia.
10
14
17
21
27
33
42
48
60
75
90
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
outside dia. 13,5
18
21
26
32
39
49
55
68
84
100
M10x1 M12x1,5 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x1,5 M30x1,5 M36x1,5 M42x1,5 M48x1,5
d1
Metric
M30x2 M36x2 M42x2 M48x2 M56x2 M64x2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
c + 0,5
14
17
21
25
29
36
42
49
55
64
72
d 2 h14
8
12
12
14
14
16
16
16
16
20
20
i 0,2
11
15
15
18
18
20
21
21
21
25
25
l
5
6
8
10
12
17
19
22
24
32
32
s D12
5
7
7,5
7,5
7,5
9
10,5
10,5
10,5
14
14
t min.
Weight
6,34
11,3
19
37,5
53,5
84
134
187
246
386
530
kg/1000 pcs
Pertaining sealing rings of type A as per DIN 7603
Material: Cu
Inside dia.
10
12
17
21
25
32
38
44
50
58
65
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
outside dia. 13,5
16
21
26
30
38
44
51
57
66
74
Page 6
SN 485 : 2002-01
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
G 1/8 A
G 1/4 A
G 3/8 A
G 1/2 A
G 3/4 A
G1A
d2
14
19
22
27
32
40
12
14
12
17
19
21
10
12
17
22
24
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
20
25
51
79
130
198
263
M12
M16
M20
Hexagon nut with

coarse-pitch thread
DIN EN ISO 4032
or
Hexagon nut
with fine-pitch thread
DIN EN ISO 8673
ISO 4032
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M8 x 1
M10 x 1
e min.
7,66
8,79
11,05
14,38
17,77
3,2
4,7
10
0,81
1,23
2,5
24
M30
M24 x 2
M12 x 1,5 M16 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5

20,03
10,8
14,8
18
18
24
30
5,2
11,6
17,3
33,3
64,4
M36
M42
M48
M56
M64
M30 x 2
M36 x 3
M42 x 3
M48 x 3
M56 x 4
M64 x 4
50,85
60,79
71,3
82,6
93,56
25,6
31
34
38
45
51
36
46
55
65
75
85
95
977
1420
1980
e min.
m
s
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
d
d e max.
e min.
m
n min.
s
w max.
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
Pert. cotter pin
ISO 1234
d
d e max.
e min.
m
n min.
s
32,95
16
13
8,4
26,75
21,5
DIN 935 M 30 8
22,5
39,55
Hexagon nut
DIN 934 (coarse-pitch thread)
DIN 935-1
55
m
s
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
Castle nut with

coarse or fine-pitch thread
6,8
50
e min.
Ordering examples:
ISO 4032 M 30 8
ISO 8673 M 30 x 2 8
DIN 934 M 90 x 6 8
5,2
G 1 1/4 A G 1 1/2 A
16
ISO 8673
s
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
ISO 4032
d
ISO 8673
1 1/2
104,86
Use DIN 934 for size

M 64 and above
SN 870 VSTI 1 - ED - St
1 1/4
110
223
393
652
Please use ISO 4032 for sizes up

to M64.
Plug screw
SN 870
M 72 x 6
M 80 x 6
M 90 x 6
116,16
127,46
144,08
161,02
172,32
200,58
220,8
58
64
72
80
88
100
112
105
115
130
145
155
180
200
2670
3440
4930
6820
8200
13000
17500
M100 x 6 M110 x 6 M125 x 6 M140 x 6
M4
7,66
5
1,2
7
3,2
M5
8,79
6
1,4
8
4
M6
11,05
7,5
2
10
5
M8
14,38
9,5
2,5
13
6,5
M10
17,77
12
2,8
16
8
M12
16
20,03
15
3,5
18
10
M16
22
26,75
19
4,5
24
13
M20
28
32,95
22
4,5
30
16
M24
34
39,55
27
5,5
36
19
M30
42
50,85
33
7
46
24
1,12
2,3
3,16
7,35
15,8
20
38,9
75,2
131
264
1 x 10 1,2 x 12 1,6 x 14 2 x 16 2,5 x 20 3,2 x 22 4 x 28

M72x6
95
M42
58
M48
65
M56
75
60,79
38
7
55
71,3
46
9
65
82,6
50
9
75
93,56
57
9
85
38
45
51
58
64
72
80
1060
1500
2150
2900
3700
5450
7600
104,86 116,16
66
73
11
11
95
105
M80x6
105
5 x 40 6,3 x 50
M36
50
w max.
29
34
Weight
447
710
kg / 1000 pcs.
Pert. cotter pin
6,3 x 63 8 x 71
ISO 1234
M64
85
4 x 36
M90x6 M100x6
120
130
127,46 144,08 161,02

79
92
100
11
14
14
115
130
145
8 x 80 8 x 100 10 x 100 10 x 112 10 x 140 13 x 140 13 x 160
Page 7
SN 485 : 2002-01
Hexagon nut with
clamping section
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M 30
M36
DIN EN ISO 7042
e min.
8,79
11,05
14,38
17,77
20,03
26,75
32,95
39,55
50,85
60,79
h max.
5,1
10
12
16,4
20,3
23,9
30
36
s max.
10
13
16
18
24
30
36
46
55
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
1,23
2,5
5,2
11,6
17,3
33,3
64,4
110
223
393
d1
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Ordering example:
ISO 7042 M 30 8
Wing nut,
round wing shape
DIN 315
DIN 315 M 10 St
Hexagon cap nut,

low shape and
coarse-pitch thread (series 1)
DIN 917
d2
max.
11
13
16
20
23
29
35
44
max.
4,6
6,5
10
12
14
17
21
25
max.
20
26
33
39
51
65
73
90
110
h max.
10,5
13
17
20
25
33,5
37,5
46,5
56,5
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
17
35
60
90
180
260
d
Acc. to series 1
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M 36
M 42
M 48
t min.
9,21
10,65
13,15
16,65
20,58
23,58
27,58
35,5
41,5
47,5
g 2 max. *)
Acc. to series 1
6,4
7,3
9,3
10,7
12,7
14
16
18,5
h max.
12
14
16
20
25
30
34
44
52
58
s max.
13
16
18
24
30
36
46
55
65
75
e min.
14,38
17,77
20,03
26,75
32,95
39,55
50,85
60,79
72,02
82,60
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
9,5
19,3
25,5
48,1
94,1
165
310
577
958
1410
DIN 917 M 30 8
*)
> M10 thread undercut g 2
max. (type
D, short) acc. to DIN 76-1
January 2002
Setscrews, pins, studs, other screws/bolts
SN 486
Selection
DIN EN ISO 1207
d
a max.
M6
M8
M10
1,4
1,6
2,5
6,8
9,2
11,2
da
max.
4,7
5,7
dk
max.
8,5
2,6
3,3
k max.
l
Ordering example:
ISO 1207 M10 x 20 4.8
2,55
3,92
7,85
12
1,63
2,8
4,27
8,49
14,6
16
1,95
3,3
4,98
9,77
16,6
20
2,25
3,78
5,69
11
18,6
25
2,64
4,4
6,56
12,6
21,1
30
3,02
5,02
7,45
14,2
23,6
35
3,41
5,62
8,25
15,8
26,1
40
3,8
6,25
17,4
28,6
45
6,88
10
18,9
31,1
50
7,5
10,9
20,6
33,6
9,2
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
0,6
0,8
1,2
1,6
t min.
1,12
1,28
1,6
2,4
2,8
0,4
0,5
1,5
2,5
dt
max.
Weight (7,85 kg / dm3 ) in kg per 1000 pieces
0,36
0,51
0,77
1,04
10
0,66
1,02
1,44
2,65
12
0,82
1,27
1,84
3,25
4,6
16
1,12
1,76
2,64
4,45
6,6
9,5
20
1,42
2,25
3,44
5,65
8,6
11,8
2,88
4,44
7,15
11,1
14,7
5,44
8,65
13,6
17,6
16,1
20,4
25
30
Hexagon socket setscrew

with cone point
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
2,5
2,5
3,5
1,5
2,5
t min.
dt
10,2
max.
M20
M24
10
12
10
12
15
12
0,79
1,21
1,74
2,98
4,42
16
1,09
1,69
2,44
4,24
6,42
8,9
20
1,39
2,17
3,14
5,5
8,4
11,7
20,1
2,77
4,02
7,09
10,8
15,3
26,6
40,7
8,68
25
30
4,9
35
5,78
40
DIN 914 M 12 x 40 45H
16
1,47
35
DIN 914
13
Ordering example:
ISO 7434 M 10 x 30 14H
3,9
10
Slotted setscrew
with cone point
DIN EN 27434
10
13,3
18,9
33,2
51
68,7
10,3
15,8
22,5
39,7
61,3
83,2
11,9
18,3
26,1
46,3
71,6
98,2
45
81,9
113
50
92,2
128
Slotted cheese head screws
Dimensions in mm
M4
M5
Page 2
SN 486 : 2002-01
d
Hexagon socket setscrew

with dog point
dp
M4
max.
DIN 915
t min.
short full
dog point
long full
dog point
z min.
M5
M6
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
2,5
3,5
5,5
8,5
12
15
18
2,5
10
12
2,5
3,5
10
12
15
1,25
1,5
2,5
2,5
10
12
12
0,742
1,19
1,63
2,68
16
1,04
1,67
2,34
3,94
6,05
20
1,34
2,15
3,04
5,2
8,02
2,75
3,92
6,79
10,5
14,6
25,1
30
4,8
8,38
13
18,2
31,9
45,5
35
5,68
9,97
15,5
21,8
38,2
55,8
78,4
18
25,4
44,9
66,1
93,4
25
40
DIN 915 M12 x 40 45H
M8
11,6
11
50
86,7
123
60
M6
Stud
DIN 939
153
b1
7,5
M8
M10
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M30x2
-
M36x3
-
M42
M48
M42x3 M48x3
-
10
12
15
20
25
30
38
45
52
60
18
22
26
30
38
46
54
66
78
90
102
24
28
32
36
44
52
60
72
84
96
108
45
49
57
65
73
85
97
109
121
x1
2,5
3,2
3,8
4,3
6,3
7,5
10
11
x2
1,25
1,6
1,9
2,2
2,5
3,2
3,8
4,5
4)
b2
1)
2)
3)
u (incomplete thread): max. 1,5 P
M12
M8x1 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x2

M12x1,5
-
5,5
12,5
6,3
Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
50
11,4
21
33,3
49,9
55
12,5
22,9
36,4
54,3
103
60
13,6
24,9
39,5
58,8
111
180
65
26,9
42,6
63,2
119
192
70
28,9
45,7
67,6
126
205
305
75
30,8
48,8
72,1
134
217
323
80
32,8
51,8
76,5
142
229
341
58
85,4
158
254
376
619
64,2
94,3
174
279
412
674
1011
90
100
94,9
110
103
190
303
447
730
1091
120
112
205
328
483
785
1171
1647
DIN 939 M12 x 80 8.8

(only coarse-pitch thread)
130
221
353
518
841
1251
1756
2364
140
237
377
554
896
1331
1865
2506
or
150
253
402
589
952
1411
1973
2648
160
269
427
625
1007
1490
2082
2790
DIN 939 M12Fo 5) x 80 8.8

Fo = male thread without force fit
or
DIN 939 M12 M12 x 1,25 x 80 8.8
(coarse and fine-pitch threads)
170
451
660
1062
1570
2191
2932
180
1)
For lengths
l 125 mm
476
696
1118
1650
2300
3074
190
2)
501
731
1173
1730
2408
3216
200
3)
For lengths 200 mm < l
525
767
1229
1810
2517
3358
220
4)
at 10.9: b1 = 1,5 x d
1340
1970
2735
3642
240
5)
Drawing indication: secure with Loctite 242 acc. to SN 507
1450
2130
2952
3927
Page 3
SN 486 : 2002-01
d
T-head bolt
with square neck
l g max.
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
10
13
16
19
Masonry / foundation bolt

DIN 529, type A
M36
M42
M48
25
31
37
43
55
54
72
4,5
5,5
10,5
13
15
19
23
26
30
10
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48
16
18
21
26
30
36
43
54
66
80
88
50
14,3
24,2
40,6
62,3
117
60
16,5
28,2
46,8
71,1
130
220
70
32,2
53
78,9
145
240
377
80
36,2
59,2
88,7
161
262
407
90
65,4
97,6
177
287
437
727
100
71,6
106
193
302
467
773
124
225
351
538
874
1380
140
257
401
618
985
1530
2220
160
289
450
689
1090
1690
2420
3300
M20
2,5
65
M24
3
80
M30
3,5
100
M36
4
120
M42
4,5
140
M48
5
160
M56
5,5
185
120
d1
P
a max.
+2 P
DIN 529 AM 20 x 500 5.6
M30
DIN 186 BM 20 x 100 5.6

Type B with long thread
M24
DIN 186
DIN 186 AM 20 x 100 5.6

Type A with shank
M20
b 0
c max.
l
160
200
250
320
400
500
630
800
1000
M8
1,25
25
M10
1,5
32
M12
1,75
40
M16
2
55
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
90
105
120
140
55
55
70
90
110
130
160
190
230
260
290
1277
1517
1802
2135
2525
8
9,5
13,8
16,3
19,4
20,5
24,1
28,5
34,7

39,2
45,4
76
53,5
88
136
64,5 106
160
270
77,2 126
189
314
477
93
150
225
370
557
798
182
270
441
660
939
224
331
536
796
1124
401
648
955
1344
Selection of bolt materials and possible treatments for surface refinement

Bolt material as in DIN EN ISO 898-1
3.6
4.6
4.8
5.6
5.8
8.8
10.9
12.9
14H
22H
Rm
Rm
Rm
Rm
Rm
Rm
Rm
Rm
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
300 N/mm 2,
2
400 N/mm ,
2
400 N/mm ,
500 N/mm 2,
500 N/mm 2,
2
800 N/mm ,
1000 N/mm 2,
2
1200 N/mm ,
R eL
R eL
R eL
R eL
R eL
R p0,2
R p0,2
R p0,2
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
180 N/mm2
2
240 N/mm
2
320 N/mm
300 N/mm2
400 N/mm2
2
640 N/mm
900 N/mm2
2
1080 N/mm
see DIN EN ISO 898-5
Surface refinement as in DIN EN ISO 4042

A2E
tZn
zinc coat applied by electroplating (A), layer thickness 5 m (2), degree of lustre: bright, no colour (E).
zinc coat applied by hot galvanizing, layer thickness 40 m.
SMS Demag determination

OV5
Surface refinement, layer thickness min. 5 m, but not above permissible thread tolerance on the basis of
zinc, nickel and/or chromium (DNC, DAC, Delta-Tone), salt spray testing as in DIN 50021, min. 240 h.
Stainless and acid-resistant steels

2
A270
R m = 700 N/mm , austenitic steel, strain hardened
A470
R m = 700 N/mm 2, austenitic steel, strain hardened
2
C3
R m = 800 N/mm , martensitic steel, quenched and tempered
1.4541
1.4571
1.4057
Page 4
SN 486 : 2002-01
d1
Lifting eye bolt

DIN 580
surfaced
M64
d2
20
25
30
35
40
50
65
75
85
100
110
120
d3
36
45
54
63
72
90
108
126
144
166
184
206
d4
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
36
45
53
62
71
90
109
128
147
168
187
208
13
17
20,5
27
30
36
45
54
63
68
78
90
d5
24
30
36
40
46
57
71
82
92
112
118
132
16
20
23
30
33
39
48
57
66
71
81
93
24
29
33
41
46
54
65
76
87
94
107
121
0,06
0,11
0,18
0,28
0,45
0,74
1,66
2,65
4,03
6,38
8,8
12,4
SMS Demagspecific
determination
DIN 580 M 20 C 15
Lifting eye nut see DIN 582
M 8 2) M10 2) M12 2) M16 2) M20 2) M24 2) M30 2) M36 2) M42 2) M48 2) M56
Weight
kg / piece
Max. permissible load from suspended part, in kg

using one bolt
140
230
340
700
1200 1800 3600 5100 7000 8600 11500 16000
using two bolts,

in total
95
170
240
500
830
Direction of pull
1)
2)
1270 2600 3700 5000 6100 8300 11000
judging from experience the indication of a permissible angle deviation between tap hole and supporting face is not required,
provided both are made in one set-up of the same workpiece.
available from stock
Button-head lubricating nipple
DIN 3404
Type
d1
G 1/4 A
G 1/4 A
G 3/8 A
d3
h12
16
b
0,1
6,5
22
8,5
e
min.
19,3
h
max.
17,6
k
j16
4,5
l
- 0,5
5,5
s
h13
17
Weight
kg / 1000 pcs.
18
25
23,1
5,5
7,5
22
34
Minimum space requirement for
DIN 3404 - A G 1/4 A 22 St-A3F
Parallel pin with internal thread,

unhardened
DIN EN ISO 8733
c2
c1
l
Ordering example:
ISO 8733 6 x 30 St
grease gun connection
socket wrench
d 1 m6 1)
6
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
c1
0,8
1
1,2
1,6
2
2,5
3
4
1,2
1,6
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
5
c 2
3
l
Weight (7,85 kg / dm ) in kg per 1000 pieces
16
2,79
20
3,67
6,4
24
4,55
7,98 12,2
28
5,43
9,56 14,7
19,5
32
6,31 10,3
17,2
23,1
39,4
40
8,07 13,5
22,2
30,3
52
80,2
50
10,3
17,5
28,4
39,9
67,8 105
150
60
12,5
21,5
34,6
49,5
82,8 130
188
265
70
25,5
40,8
59,1
98,5 155
226
320
80
29,5
47
68,7 115
180
264
376
90
53,2
78,3 131
205
303
431
100
59,4
87,9 147
230
341
487
120
107
180
280
418
598
1) other tolerances upon agreement.
40
5
6,3
680
754
852
1050
50
6,3
8
1360
1720
Page 5
SN 486 : 2002-01
d 1 m6
Parallel pin
with internal thread, hardened
DIN EN ISO 8735
Ordering example:
ISO 8735 6 x 30 A St
30
40
50
0,8
1
1,2
1,6
2
2,5
3
4
a
c
2,1
2,6
3
3,8
4,6
6
6
7
3
l
Weight (7,85 kg / dm ) in kg per 1000 pieces
16
2,79
20
3,67
6,4
24
4,55
7,98 12,2
28
5,43
9,56 14,7
19,5
32
6,31 10,3
17,2
23,1
39,4
40
8,07 13,5
22,2
30,3
52
80,2
50
10,3
17,5
28,4
39,9
67,8 105
150
60
12,5
21,5
34,6
49,5
82,8 130
188
265
70
25,5
40,8
59,1
98,5 155
226
320
80
29,5
47
68,7 115
180
264
376
90
53,2
78,3 131
205
303
431
100
59,4
87,9 147
230
341
487
120
107
180
280
418
598
1) other tolerances upon agreement.
5
8
6,3
10
d h10 1)
Taper pin,
unhardened
Ordering example:
ISO 2339 A - 6 x 30 St
10
12
16
1)
20
25
1360
1720
30
40
50
5,58 7,88 13,7
21
35
1,19 2,42 4,08
6,18 8,7
15
23,1 32,9
40
2,85 4,77
7,19 10,1
17,4
26,7 37,9 66,3
50
6,24
9,33 13
22,3
34
60
11,6 16,1
27,4
41,6 58,7 102
157
242
346
610
70
19,4
32,7
49,4 69,6 120
185
285
407
715 1109
80
22,8
38,2
57,5 80,8 139
213
328
468
821 1273
90
26,4
44
65,9 92,3 158
242
372
530
928 1438
100
49,9
74,6 104
178
272
417
592 1036 1604
120
62,6
92,8 129
219
333
508
720 1256 1939
261
395
602
851 1479 2280
112
29,9
48,2 83,9 130
155
200
other tolerances upon agreement.
40
10
12
16
20
25
30
40
50

9,13
15,5
23,2
30,3
51,1
78
45
10,5
17,9
26,8
35,4
59,9
91
55
13,5
22,9
34,2
45,8
77,7
118
165
60
15,1
25,5
38,1
51,1
86,8
132
186
246
36,3
54
73,2
124
188
272
368
708
90
62,4
84,7
143
217
316
430
815
100
71,1
96,4
163
247
361
492
923
1396
204
308
452
620
1143
1731
140
246
370
546
751
1366
2072
160
291
435
642
885
1594
2419
572
843
1163
2062
3126
80
120
200
1)
16
680
754
852
1050
1,06 2,17 3,68
Ordering example:
ISO 8736 A - 6 x 30 St
12
25
32
d 1 h10 1)
DIN EN 28736
10
20
140
Taper pin
with internal thread, unhardened
Note:
Type A (ground):
surface roughness R a = 0,8 m
Type B (turned):
DIN EN 22339
Note:
Type A (ground):
Type B (turned)
1)
other tolerances upon agreement.
121
Page 6
SN 486 : 2002-01
d1
Spring-type straight pin,

slotted, heavy duty
DIN EN ISO 8752
Weight (7,85 kg /
20
25
30
40
50
in kg per 1000 pieces
1,66 2,66 4,43 6,66 9,35 11
18,4
14
0,475 0,836 1,32
1,94 3,13 5,17 7,78 10,9
12,9
21,4 33,4 48,5
16
0,543 0,955 1,51
2,21 3,58 5,9
8,89 12,5
14,7
24,5 38,2 55,4
20
0,679 1,19 1,88
2,77 4,48 7,38 11,1 15,6
18,4
30,6 47,8 69,2 117
186
22
0,746 1,31 2,07
3,04 4,92 8,12 12,2 17,1
20,2
33,6 52,5 76,2 129
205
24
0,814 1,43 2,26
3,32 5,37 8,86 13,3 18,7
22
36,7 57,3 83,1 141
223
28
0,95 1,67 2,64
3,87 6,26 10,3 15,6 21,8
25,7
42,8 66,8 96,9 164
261
30
1,02 1,79 2,83
4,15 6,71 11,1 16,7 23,4
27,6
45,9 71,6 104
176
279
32
1,09 1,91 3,02
4,43 7,16 11,8 17,8 24,9
29,4
48,9 76,4 111
188
298
35
1,22 2,18 3,39
4,98 8,06 13,3 20
28,1
33,1
55,1 85,9 125
211
326
40
1,36 2,39 3,77
5,54 8,95 14,8 22,2 31,2
36,7
61,2 95,5 138
235
372
45
2,68 4,24
6,23 10,1 16,6 25
41,3
68,8 107
156
264
419
50
2,98 4,71
6,92 11,2 18,4 27,8 39
45,9
76,5 119
173
293
465
55
5,18
7,61 12,3 20,3 30,5 42,9
50,5
84,1 131
190
323
512
60
5,65
8,3 13,4 22,1 33,3 46,8
55,1
91,8 143
208
352
558
65
6,12
8,99 14,5 24
59,7
99,4 155
225
382
605
70
6,59
9,69 15,7 25,8 38,9 54,6
64,3 107
167
242
411
651
75
7,06 10,4 16,8 27,7 41,7 58,5
68,9 115
179
260
440
698
80
7,54 11,1 18
73,5 122
191
277
470
745
70,2
82,7 138
215
312
528
838
13,8 22,4 36,9 55,5 77,9
91,9 153
239
346
587
931
286
415
704 1120
35,1
36,1 50,1
29,5 44,4 62,4
12,5 20,1 33,2 50
9,19 15,3
26,8 44,3 66,6 93,5 110
184
d1
1,6
3,2
6,3
10
13
16
b
Hole dia.
3,2
6,4
10
12,6
16
20
26
32
1,2 1)
1,6
3,2
6,3
10
13
16
30,5
33,9
38
41,8
46,2
51,2
56,7
62,2
66
75,9
84,2
96,2
83,4
91,8
101
111
122
134
148
177
188
206
228
256
l
12
16
20
25
32
*)
16
0,407 0,716 1,13
H14
Ordering example:
ISO 1234 5 x 50 St
14
dm3)
12
120
DIN EN ISO 1234
12
0,34 0,597 0,942 1,38 2,24 3,69 5,55 7,8
100
Split pin
10
10
90
Ordering example:
ISO 8752 6 x 30 A FSt 55Si7

0,06
0,08
0,1
0,14
0,18
0,22
0,27
0,34
0,28
0,34
0,4
0,47
0,56
36
0,61
40
0,66
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
SMS Demag-specific determination
0,87
1,09
1,31
1,64
1,8
2
2,17
2,43
2,7
3,02
2,16
2,52
3,07
3,39
3,71
4,11
4,51
5
5,55
6,2
6,91
4
5
5,49
6
6,61
7,24
8
8,67
9,86
11
12,2
13,5
8,9
9,76
10,6
11,7
12,8
14
15,6
17,3
19,2
21,3
23,5
26,1
28,9
17,2
18,9
20,6
22,6
25
27,7
30,7
34,1
37,5
41,5
45,9
51
58,3
January 2002
Washers and retaining elements
SN 487
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Lock washer
SN 778
Screw dia.
= nom. size
10
12
16
20
24
30
d1
H14
4,3
5,3
6,4
8,4
10,5
13
17
21
25,6
31,6
d2
H14
10
13
16
18
24
30
36
45
0,5
1,2
1,5
1,5
2,5
2,5
5,38
9,48
15,2

SN 778 6
SN 808
0,29
0,33
d 1=
nom. size
d2
31
37
43
50
35
45
55
65
75
90 100 110 120 140 160 175 185 220 240 270
58
66
DIN 1441
74
82
93
104 114 129 144 164
23
27
34
40
46
53
4,5
10
64
72
11
80
88
12
14
98
108 118 133 148 168

16
min. 900 N/mm
22
min. 700 N/mm

26
40
80 129 209 368 520 601 751 1111 1670 1950 2090 4300 5000 6240
for screws
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
nom. size
10
12
16
20
d1
4,3
5,3
6,4
8,4
10,5
13
17
21
d2
10
12
16
20
24
30
37
0,8
1,6
1,6
2,5
Weight (7,85 kg /
Washer,
coarse type, for bolts
3,36
25
d3
SN 808 21 St
Ordering example:
ISO 7089 16 200HV
1,34
21
Rm
DIN EN ISO 7089 up to M64

DIN 125 above M64
1,26
for screws M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90 M100 M110 M125 M140 M160
Tensile
strength
Plain washer
Normal series
0,67
dm3)
0,308
0,443
1,02
1,83
3,57
6,27
11,3
17,2
for screws
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56
M64
nom. size
24
30
36
42
48
56
64
d1
25
31
37
45
52
62
70
d2
44
56
66
78
92
105
115
10
10
547
Weight (7,85 kg /
32,3
For
bolt dia.
d 1=
nom. size
d2
s
For bolt dia.

d 1=
nom. size
d2
s
53,6
92,1
dm3)
209

284
472
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
25
28
30
32
33
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
26
29
31
34
16
2
20
2,5
25
3
42
5
45
5
50
5
2,16
35
36
4,3
8,43
28,5
32,8
43,5
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
90
100
37
41
46
51
56
62
68
72
78
82
92
102
52
6
58
6
62
7
110
12
115
12
125
14
49,4
59,2
70,6
298
352
451
DIN 1441 19 St
28
28
30
32
34
40
3
3
4
4
4
4
10,3 9,16 13,3 14,4 15,5 22,8
68
75
80
90
95
100
8
9
9
9
10
10
94,7 138 142 193 237 241
Continued on pages 2 and 3
Washer for prestressed high-strength

screw connection
0,09
Page 2
SN 487 : 2002-01
Washer,
square, wedgeshaped, for
U-beams
inclination 8%
DIN 434
for screws
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
d = nom. size
11
14
18
22
26
22
22
26
32
40
56
22
22
30
36
44
56
3,8
3,8
4,9
5,9
8,5

DIN 434 14 St
inclination 14 %
Washer,
square, wedgeshaped, for
I-beams
DIN 435
9,57
8,85
18,2
31,4
56,9
128
for screws
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
d = nom. size
11
13,5
17,5
22
26
22
22
26
32
40
56
22
22
30
36
44
56
4,6
4,6
6,2
7,5
9,2
10,8

DIN 435 14 St
Circlip (retaining ring)

for shafts
Normal type
DIN 471
10,2
nom. size
d1
s
d2
12
15
9,6
perm. dev. - 0,06
m1)
n min.
0,6
11,5
1 -0,06
14,3
0,34
0,5
28
30
nom. size
d1
s
d2
perm. dev.
m1)
n min.
nom. size
d1
s
d2
10
9,4
0,8
3,31
65
70
32
67
16
17
18
20
22
24
15,2
- 0,11
16,2
17
19
1,2 -0,06
21
22,9
- 0,13
35
38
40
42
45
50
143
25
26
23,9
- 0,21
24,9
1,7
1,9
1,96
55
60
1,75 -0,06
2 -0,07
37,5 39,5 42,5
47
52
57
- 0,25
- 0,3
1,85 +0,14
2,15 +0,14
3
3,8
4,5
3,54
4
5,62 6,03
6,5
7,5
10,2 11,4 12,9
75
2,5 -0,07
67
72
- 0,3
2,65 +0,14
4,5
33
36
80
85
90
95
100
110
115
120
18,2
22
3 -0,08
4 -0,1
86,5 91,5 96,5
106
111
116
- 0,35
- 0,54
3,15 +0,18
4,15 +0,18
5,3
6
24,6 27,3 36,4 44,5
49
53,7
82
84
86
130
140
150
126
136
145
- 0,63
62
perm. dev.
m1)
n min.
nom. size
d1
s
d2
35,6
1,1 +0,14
1,3 +0,14
1,1
1,2
1,5
0,67
0,7
0,82 1,11
1,3
1,5
1,77
1,5 -0,06
26,6 28,6 30,3
- 0,21
1,6 +0,14
2,1
2,6
2,92
20,1
perm. dev.
m1)
n min.
DIN 471 40 x 1,75 - FSt

100
110
76,5
81,5
160
180
4 -0,1
155
175
190
200
220
240
260
300
5 -0,12
234
252
292
- 0,81
4,15 +0,18
5,15 +0,18
7,5
9
12
120
150
190
210
230
265
310
355
44
185
195
214
- 0,72
Page 3
SN 487 : 2002-01
Circlip (retaining ring)
for bores
Normal type
DIN 472
nom. size
d1
s
d2
25
28
35
1,2 -0,06
26,2
perm. dev.
32
29,4
33,7
37
1,8
d2
42,5
44,5
2,1
1,6 +0,14
2,6
2 -0,07
47,5
49,5
53
55
58
+ 0,3
1,85 +0,14
2,15 +0,14
3,8
4,5
3
dm3)
3,54
4,7
5,4
6,1
7,3
8,2
8,3
60
62
72
80
85
90
95
100
110
115
120
2 0,07
2,5 -0,07
65
75
83,5
3 -0,08
88,5
93,5
+ 0,30
n min.
+0,14
4 -0,1
98,5
103,5
114
+ 0,35
2,65
3,15
+0,14
4,5
119
dm3)
124
+ 0,54
+ 0,63
4,15
+0,18
5,3
Weight (7,85 kg /
+0,18
11,1
11,2
18,1
22
25,3
31
35
38
64,5
74,5
77
130
140
145
150
160
180
200
210
240
280
300
4 -0,1
134
144
149
155
5 -0,12
165
185
+ 0,63
perm. dev.
m1)
205
216
246
288
+ 0,72
308
+ 0,81
4,15 +0,18
n min.
5,15 +0,18
7,5
12
DIN 472 50 x 2 FSt

82
1)
55
2,21
2,15
d2
52
1,8
perm. dev.
nom. size
d1
s
50
1,5
63
m1)
47
1,75 -0,06
Weight (7,85 kg /
nom. size
d1
s
45
+ 0,25
1,3 +,14
n min.
42
1,5 -0,06
+ 0,21
m1)
40
87,5
93
105
110
165
195
270
345
400
435
As a rule, tolerance range H13 applies to the groove width m. In case of one-side force transmission the grooves can
be widened and/or bevelled towards the force-relieved side. The width of the groove has no effect on the load bearing
capacity of the retaining-ring joint.
SN 489
Locknuts, safety plates
Part 1
In all cases the latest German-language version

of this standard shall be taken as authoritative
Selection from DIN

Dimensions in mm
General
Before using the fasteners of Part 1 or Part 2, it has always to be checked which system is reasonable with regard to
replaceability and facilitation of installation.
Part 1: Locknuts, safety plates; selection from DIN
Part 2: Spieth locknuts; selection from Spieth catalogue
Locknut
Short
designati
on
d1
DIN 981
KM 5
M25x1,5
d2
d3
h13
h13
h13
JS14
H17 *)
38
32
Weight
kg/pc.
0,025
No guarantee can be given in respect of this translation
June 2003
KM 6
M30x1,5
45
38
KM 7
M35x1,5
52
44
0,053
KM 8
M40x1,5
58
50
0,085
KM 9
M45x1,5
65
56
10
KM10
M50x1,5
70
61
KM 11
M55x2
75
67
KM 12
M60x2
80
73
KM 13
M65x2
85
79
2,5
0,043
0,119
0,148
11
0,158
7
0,174
0,203
12
KM 14
M70x2
92
85
KM 16
M80x2
105
95
KM 17
M85x2
110
102
0,242
15
3,5
0,397
0,451
16
KM 18
M90x2
120
108
0,556
KM 19
M95x2
125
113
17
KM 20
M100x2
130
120
18
KM 22
M110x2
145
133
10
0,658
0,698
0,965
19
KM 23
M115x2
150
137
KM 24
M120x2
155
138
KM 25
M125x2
160
148
1,01
20
12
1,08
1,19
21
KM 26
M130x2
165
149
KM 27
M135x2
175
160
1,25
1,55
22
14
KM 28
M140x2
180
160
KM 30
M150x2
195
171
24
KM 32
M160x3
210
182
25
M170x3
220
193
26
KM 36
M180x3
230
203
27
2,59
M190x3
240
214
28
7
2,80
3,07
18
KM 38
1,56
2,03
16
KM 34
8
3,39
DIN 981 KM 17 - St
*) Applies only to t > 3 mm.
Applies to t up to 2 mm: 0 mm;

-0,5
t above 2 up to 3 mm: +0,9 mm

0
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 489 Part 1: 2003-06
Slot
Lockwasher
(safety plate)
Short
designati
on
d1
d2
d3
s
b3
c11
js17
h13
a15
c11
min
+0,5
Weight
kg/pc.
For
locknut
DIN 981..
0,006
KM 5
0,008
KM 6
0,010
KM 7
0,012
KM 8
0,015
KM 9
=
H11
DIN 5406
MB 5
25
42
32
23
MB 6
30
49
38
27,5
MB 7
35
57
44
32,5
1,25
MB 8
40
62
50
37,5
6
MB 9
45
69
56
7
42,5
4
MB 10
50
74
61
47,5
0,016
KM 10
MB 11
55
81
67
52,5
0,020
KM11
MB 12
60
86
73
0,025
KM 12
57,5
8
1,5
MB 13
65
92
79
62,5
0,029
KM 13
MB 14
70
98
85
66,5
0,033
KM 14
MB 16
80
112
95
76,5
0,046
KM 16
MB 17
85
119
102
0,052
KM 17
0, 062
KM 18
81,5
10
MB 18
90
126
108
11
86,5
1,75
MB 19
95
133
113
91,5
0,067
KM19
MB 20
100
142
120
96,5
0,077
KM 20
MB 22
110
154
133
0,094
KM 22
12
14
105,5
6
MB 23
115
159
137
110,5
0,108
KM 23
MB 24
120
164
138
115
0,105
KM 24
MB 25
125
170
148
0,118
KM 25
0,113
KM 26
0,144
KM 27
0,142
KM 28
0,155
KM 30
0,229
KM 32
0,247
KM 34
0,268
KM 36
0,278
KM 38
120
14
MB 26
130
175
149
16
125
2
7
MB 27
135
185
160
MB 28
140
192
160
130
135
16
MB 30
150
205
171
MB 32
160
217
182
18
145
154
18
MB 34
170
232
193
20
164
2,5
DIN 5406 - MB 17 - St
MB 36
180
242
203
174
20
MB 38
190
252
214
The safety plate must not be located within the clearance cut.
Provide spacer ring if necessary,
or secure using a lock nut without safety plate,
or fix using bonding agent SN 507 - Loctite 675.
8
22
184
SN 489
Spieth locknuts
Part 2
In all cases the latest German-language version

of this standard shall be taken as authoritative
Selection from Spieth catalogue

Dimensions in mm
General
Before using the fasteners of Part 1 or Part 2, it has always to be checked which system is reasonable with regard to
replaceability and facilitation of installation.
Part 1: Locknuts, safety plates; selection from DIN
Part 2: Spieth locknuts; selection from Spieth catalogue
Fields of application
Locknuts of the series MSR and MSA are precision nuts whose system-specific benefits can be profitably used in every sector
of mechanical engineering. In the case of high-speed and/or dynamically loaded spindles the precision, axial rigidity and high
level of dynamic safety of the locknuts lead to optimal results of the entire bearing system.Repeated precision adjustments
can be carried out usnig the locknut on the same spindle. The locknut can simply and precisely assume the function of shaft
collar or contact surface. These locknuts can even be applied in cases in which a union is expected to comply to only the
most stringent demands.
Example of application: MSR - M24 - 1,5 - St

Series MSR
No guarantee can be given in respect of this translation
June 2003
The permissible operating loads stated in the table are

guidance values calculated with a working error margin of 1.6
- under static stress relative to the minimum yield point,
- under dynamic stress relative to the minimum alternate
strength.
Subject to changes.
Special versions:
On request, upon provision of an explanatory sketch.
Short
designation
MSR
16-1,5
17-1
18-1,5
20-1
20-1,5
22-1,5
24-1,5
25-1,5
26-1,5
28-1,5
30-1,5
32-1,5
35-1,5
40-1,5
42-1,5
45-1,5
48-1,5
50-1,5
52-1,5
55-1,5
55-2
58-1,5
60-1,5
115-2
120-2
125-2
Dimensions in mm
d2
h11
34
35
36
40
40
40
42
45
45
46
48
50
53
58
60
68
68
70
72
75
75
82
84
145
155
160
d3
H11
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
d4
24,5
25,5
26,5
30,5
30,5
30,5
32,5
36,5
36,5
38,5
40,5
42,5
45,5
50,5
52,5
58
59,5
61,5
63,5
66,5
66,5
72,5
74,5
133
140
148
d5
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
5,3
5,3
6,4
6,4
6,4
Clamping screws
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
36
36
36
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
7
7
7
7
6,5
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
13
13
13
ISO
4762
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
MA
Nm
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
2,9
6
6
10
10
10
Calculation
factor
A
Locknut-specific
allowance
B
Admissible axial
operating stress
Mass
moment of
inertia
Quantity
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
mm
1,112
1,108
1,228
1,281
1,344
1,459
1,575
1,633
1,690
1,805
1,921
2,037
2,210
2,500
2,617
2,789
2,962
3,079
3,196
3,369
3,430
3,541
3,655
6,900
7,193
7,474
N
3962
3947
3931
3900
3900
3869
3838
3822
3806
3775
3744
3713
3666
3588
3557
5265
5195
5148
5101
5031
5031
8077
8001
8370
8100
7830
dyn.
stat.
kN
17
19
19
22
18
23
25
33
34
36
38
44
47
49
49
53
70
71
72
72
78
103
105
248
272
281
kN
22
25
25
29
28
32
35
47
49
53
57
64
66
66
66
84
94
94
96
96
96
161
163
329
408
412
kg cm2
0,147
0,164
0,183
0.283
0,283
0,270
0,323
0,488
0,479
0,504
0,588
0,743
0,914
1,254
1,412
2,494
2,631
2,909
3,207
3,690
3,690
5,811
6,317
64,164
89,668
99,722
Page 2
SN 489-2: 2003-06
The locknuts stated here are special versions and are manufactured only upon special request. The manufacture of the nut
threads in quality ISO-5 H requires the corresponding limit screw plugs (Go side and Not Go side) whose procurement will
have to be clarified in case of need.
Hook wrenches with pins for screwing on and pretightening of the locknuts are covered in DIN 1810-B up to and including a
nut outside diameter of 270 mm. Hook wrenches for bigger diameters can be obtained as special versions through specialised
dealers.
Designation of a locknut of d1 = M 260 x 3 ISO 5H
Locknut MSR 260 x 3

Short
name
MSR
Dimensions in mm
d2
metr.
ISO-5H
h11
210x3
270
220x3
282
230x3
295
240x3
d3
d4
dm
kN
kN
338
598
354
626
371
664
387
703
403
752
419
800
430
849
0,26
242
260
218,051
0,039
0,25
252
270
228,051
0,038
0,24
308
262
280
238,051
0,037
0,23
250x3
322
272
290
248,051
0,036
0,22
260x3
336
282
300
258,051
0,035
0,21
270x3
350
292
310
268,051
0,034
0,20
280x3
364
302
320
278,051
0,033
0,20
446
897
290x3
376
312
330
288,051
0,032
0,19
462
925
300x3
390
322
340
298,051
0,031
0,18
479
973
310x4
400
337
360
320x4
412
347
370
330x4
424
357
380
340x4
436
367
390
350x4
450
377
400
360x4
466
387
410
370x4
478
397
420
380x4
490
407
430
12
12
14
14
14
44
44
54
54
54
13
13
16
16
16
27
27
32
32
32
307,402
0,030
0,24
317,402
0,029
0,23
327,402
0,028
0,22
337,402
0,027
0,22
347,402
0,026
0,21
357,402
0,025
0,20
367,402
0,024
0,20
377,402
0,023
0,19
M8x30
25
8
-
M8x30
10
M8x30
stat.
0,040
Nm
dyn.
208,051
27
Quantity
F8
250
13
ISO 4017
MAS
232
44
ISO 4014
5H
12
Degrees
Dimensions
Admissible
axial operating
stress
H11
Series MSA
H11
d5
Clamping screws
132000
132000
25
165000
25
165000
49
262000
10
M10x40
M10x40
10
49
12
M10x40
12
262000
314400
49
314400
579
1098
598
1130
610
1163
629
1194
647
1253
665
1333
684
1366
703
1399
Page 3
SN 489 Part 2: 2003-06
The permissible operating loads stated in the table are guidance values calculated with a working error margin of 1.6
- under static stress relative to the minimum yield point,
- under dynamic stress relative to the minimum alternate strength.
The locknuts of series MSA with reduced contact surface and in some cases smaller outside diameters relative to the MSR
series are particularly suited for the installation of angular-contact ball bearings and cylindrical roller bearings of ISO diameter
series 9.
Special versions:
On request, upon provision of an explanatory sketch.
Short
designat
ion
MSA
Dimensions in mm
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
Clamping screws
ISO
4762
MA
h11
H11
20-1
35
27,5
3,2
31
17
M3
25-1,5
40
32,5
3,2
36
19
6,5
M3
30-1,5
45
37,5
3,2
41
19
6,5
35-1,5
53
45,5
4,3
48
22
40-1,5
58
50,5
4,3
54
45-1,5
64
54
4,3
50-1,5
69
59
55-1,5
73
60-1,5
78
Calculation
factor
A
Locknutspecific
allowance
B
Quantity
Nm
zul. Admissible
axial
operating stress
dyn.
stat.
Mass
moment of
inertia
mm
kN
kN
kg cm2
1,281
3938
23
31
0,142
1,633
3859
35
49
0,265
M3
1,921
3780
39
56
0,400
M4
2,9
2,210
3666
47
66
0,904
22
M4
2,9
2,500
3588
50
68
1,242
59
23
M4
2,9
2,789
4388
58
78
1,888
4,3
64
24
M4
2,9
3,079
5148
63
85
2,563
64
4,3
69
24
M4
2,9
3,369
5031
59
79
3,001
69
4,3
74
24
M4
2,9
3,3655
4914
61
81
3,758
January 2002
Fitting keys, taper keys
SN 708
Selection from DIN standards

Dimensions in mm
Parallel keys as in DIN 6885

Type B1)
Type D1)2)
Type F3)
Surfaces for keyways
without drawing indication
(see SN 200).
Example:
functional dimension
hub
Example:
Example of designation: Parallel key DIN 6885 B 12 x 8 x 80 C45+C

above
up to
for shaft dia. d 1
Parallel key
d2=d1+
Width b1 h9
Height h h11
Length l
Bevel or
curve
Thread
Countersink
Shaft keyseat
Hub keyway
t1
perm. dev.
Width
r2
perm. dev.
Position tolerance
Depth
t2
perm. dev.
Width
r2
Curve
perm. dev.
Position tolerance
d6
Thread
t3
t4
Curve
Screw
10
12
4
4
4
12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170

17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200
5 6 8 8 8 9 11 11 12 14 14 16 18 21 23 26
5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40 45
5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 14 14 16 18 20 22 25
Determined and indicated on the basis of design
0,16
0,25
0,4
0,6
1
r1
perm.
+0,09
deviation
d5
d3
d4
t5
Material
Fastening
shaft
d6 x
+ 0,15
+ 0,2
M4
4,5
8
3,2
M5
5,5
10
4,1
M6
6,6
11
4,8
200
230
28
50
28
230
260
32
56
32
260
290
32
63
32
290
330
36
70
36
330
380
40
80
40
380
440
45
90
45
1,6
2,5
+ 0,4
+ 0,5
440
500
50
100
50
M8 M10
M12
M16
M20
9
11
13,5
17,5
22
15
18
20
26
33
6
7,3
8,3
11,5
13,5
C45+C (C 45 K)
2,5 3 3,5 4 5 5 5,5 6 7 7,5 9 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 20 20 22 25 28 31
+ 0,1
+ 0,2
+ 0,3
b 1 P9
0,16
0,25
0,4
0,6
1
1,6
2,5
- 0,08
- 0,09
- 0,15
- 0,2
- 0,3
- 0,4
- 0,5
0,06
0,08
0,1
1,8 2,3 2,8 3,3 3,3 3,3 3,8 4,3 4,4 4,9 5,4 5,4 6,4 7,4 8,4 9,4 10,4 11,4 12,4 12,4 14,4 15,4 17,4 19,5
+ 0,1
+ 0,2
+ 0,3
Parallel key b 1 P9 , sliding key b 1 F7 5)
0,16
0,25
0,4
0,6
1
1,6
2,5
- 0,08
- 0,09
- 0,15
- 0,2
- 0,3
- 0,4
- 0,5
0,06
0,08
0,1
M4
M5
M6
M8 M10
M12
M16
M20
6 6 6 7 6 8 9 9 11 15 13 15 12 13 13 17 18 20 20
10 11 11 13 12 14 16 17 19 24 22 24 21 22 22 27 28 32 32
ISO 1207 M ....x.... 4.8
DIN 7984 M ....x.... 8.8
10 10 10 12 12 16 16 16 20 25 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 50 50
To be stated separately in the bill of materials
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 708 : 2002-01
Taper key with gib head to DIN 6887

inclination
shaft
hub
Example:
Example:
Example of designation: DIN 6887 - 12 x 8 x 80 C45+C
Removal of sharp edges on all sides
Hub keyway
Shaft keyseat
Key
for shaft dia. d 1
above
up to
d2=d1+
Width b1 h9
Height h h11
Length l
r1
Bevel or
curve
perm. dev.
Thread
d5
d3
Countersink
d4
t5
Material
t1
Depth
perm. dev.
Width
r2
Curve
perm. dev.
t2
Depth
perm. dev.
Width
r2
Curve
perm. dev.
10
12
4
4
4
12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200

17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230
5 6 8 8 8 9 11 11 12 14 14 16 18 21 23 26 28
5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40 45 50
5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 14 14 16 18 20 22 25 28
Determined and indicated on the basis of design
0,16
0,25
0,4
0,6
1
+0,09
+ 0,15
+ 0,2
+ 0,2
+ 0,2
M4 M5
M6
M8 M10
M12
4,5 5,5
6,6
9
11
13,5
8
10
11
15
18
20
3,2 4,1
4,8
6
7,3
8,3
C45+C (C 45 K) or St 60-1
-2,5 3 3,5 4 5 5 5,5 6 7 7,5 9 9 10 11 12 13 15 17
+ 0,1
+ 0,2
for taper key b 1 D10
0,16
0,25
0,4
0,6
1
- 0,08
- 0,09
- 0,15
- 0,2
- 0,3
1,2 1,7 2,2 2,4 2,4 2,4 2,9 3,4 3,4 3,9 4,4 4,4 5,4 6,4 7,1 8,1 9,1 10,1
+ 0,1
+ 0,2
b 1 D10
0,16
0,25
0,4
0,6
1
- 0,08
- 0,09
- 0,15
- 0,2
- 0,3
230 260 290 330

260 290 330 380
32 32 36 40
56 63 70 80
32 32 36 40
1,6
+ 0,4
M16
17,5
26
11,5
20 20
+ 0,3
22
25
380 440
440 500
45 50
90 100
45 50
2,5
+ 0,5
M20
22
33
13,5
28
1,6
2,5
- 0,4
- 0,5
11,1 11,1 13,1 14,1 16,1 18,1
+ 0,3
1,6
- 0,4
2,5
- 0,5
Revision: Correction of t2 measurements under: Hub keyway Depth in the above table.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
31
When fitting keys of types B and D with hole for jack screw (s) are used, this has to be expressly stated in the order.
Example of designation:
DIN 6885 BS 12 x 8 x 80 C45+C
Use type D if l : b1 < 4
Use type F if l : b1 > 4
The keyway length depends upon the design and must be stated in the drawing.
The keyway length of the key types B, D and F is defined as the useful load-bearing length (functional dimension) without
curves.
H8 for secondary applications (e.g. support strip for pillow block) without transmission of moments.
January 2002
Pin without head
SN 530
Dimensions in mm
derived from
DIN EN 22340
Pin without head as in SN 530

Type A (manufacturing cost FK = 116%)
Type B (dimensions like types A and C)
up to d1 = 100mm dia.
(FK = 221%) from d1 = 18mm dia.
Designation of a pin, type A, as in SN 530

with diameter d 1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 1),
length l 1 = 130 mm and l h = 110 mm in E295:
Designation of a pin, type B, as in SN 530

with diameter d 1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 1),
length = 130 mm, l 2 = 60 mm and l 4 2) = 30 mm in E295:
Pin SN 530 A 40h9 x 130 x 110 E295
Pin SN 530 B 40h9 x 130 x 60 x 30 E295
Type C (dimensions like types A and B)
Type D
(FK = 221%)
(dimensions like type A)

(FK = 136%) from d1 = 25mm dia.
Designation of a pin, type C, as in SN 530

with diameter d 1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 and
2)
l 1 = 130 mm; l 2 = 60 mm and l 4 = 30 mm in E295:
Designation of a pin, type D, as in SN 530

l 1 = 130 mm in E295:
Pin SN 530 C 40h9 x 130 x 60 x 30 E295
Pin SN 530 D 40h9 x 130 E295
Type E (dimensions like types A and D)

(FK = 100%)
Designation of a pin, type E, as in SN 530

l 1 = 130 mm in E295:
Pin SN 530 E 40h9 x 130 E295
Continued on page 2
Diese Kopie wird bei nderung nicht bercksichtigt!
rounded off
Page 2
SN 530 : 2002-01
d 1 1)
dl
h9
H13
max.
6
8
10
12
14
* 15
16
18
20
22
24
* 25
27
* 28
30
* 32
33
* 35
36
* 38
40
* 42
45
* 48
50
55
60
* 65
70
* 75
80
* 85
90
* 95
100
* 110
* 120
* 130
* 140
* 150
* 160
* 170
* 180
* 190
* 200
1,6
2
d2
3,2
4
h1
t1
DIN EN ISO 1234
1,6 x
2 x
3,2 x
3,2 x
3
3
6
12
12
16
20
4 x 25
5 x 32
5
16
6,3
5 x 36
6,3 x 36
6,3 x 40
0,4
4,5
3
6,3 x 45
8 x 45
19
8 x 50
0,6
8
5,5
8 x 56
8 x 63
6,5
9
7
7,5
9
10
21
10 x 63
0,8
10 x 71
10 x 80
10
6
13
6
11
13 x 90
10,5
12
27
13 x 100
1
13
13
13
16
18
20
13
-
32
22
1,6
25
17
13 x 112
13 x 125
15
16 x 200
Inside dia.
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
26
28
29
31
34
34
37
37
41
46
51
56
62
68
72
78
82
86
92
98
102
1,6
2
2,5
3
3
3
DIN 15058
20 x 5
5
25 x 6
6
6
7
8
30 x 8
9
10
40 x 10
12
50 x 12
-
16 x 224
38
28
60 x 16
16 x 250
Material: E295 (St50-2); preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.
1)
Axle stop plate
x 140
x 160
x 180
x 180
* These are no pin diameters as in DIN EN 22340.
2)
Washer,
coarse type
DIN 1441
Split pin
When other tolerances are required, these must be stated in the designation.
L 4 defined according to SN 364-3, bush length b 1 2 (a + c 1).
January 2002
Pin with head
SN 358
Dimensions in mm
DIN EN 22341
abridged and expanded
Pin with head as in DIN EN 22341

up to d 1 = 100mm dia.
Without split-pin hole type A

round off
drill during
shop assembly
Designation of a pin as in DIN EN 22341

with diameter d 1 = 65 mm, tolerance range h9 1)
and length l 1 = 95 mm, without split pin hole, in S355J2G3:
Ordering example:
Pin ISO 2341 A 65h9 x 95 S355J2G3
With split-pin hole type B

(dimensions as for pin without split-pin hole)
d 1 h9, f7 FK = 165% (FK: manufacturing cost)
d 1 g6
FK = 234%
rounded off
Designation of a pin as in DIN EN 22341

with diameter d 1 = 65 mm, tolerance range h9 1)
length l 1 = 95 mm and distance between split-pin hole and extreme end of shank
l h = 83 mm, made of S355J2G3:
Ordering example:
Pin ISO 2341 - B 65h9 x 95 x 83 S355J2G3
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 358 : 2002-01
d 1 1)
dK
h9
6
8
10
12
14
* 15
16
18
20
22
24
* 25
27
* 28
30
* 32
33
* 35
36
* 38
40
* 42
45
* 48
50
55
60
* 65
70
* 75
80
* 85
90
* 95
100
* 110
* 120
* 130
* 140
* 150
* 160
* 170
* 180
* 190
* 200
10
14
18
20
22
25
28
30
33
36
40
44
47
50
55
60
66
72
78
90
100
110
120
dl
H13
1,6
2
max.
2
2
3
1
0,6
3,2
4
4
3
4,5
1,6
0,6
1,6
6,3
4
8
10
6
13
5,5
6
6
8
8
8
8
9
9
11
12
13
13
13
13
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
Washer,
coarse type
DIN 1441
Inside dia.
s
7
1,6
9
2
11
2,5
13
3
15
17
3
19
21
23
4
25
26
28
29
31
5
34
34
37
6
37
41
6
46
7
51
8
56
62
9
68
72
10
78
82
86
92
12
98
102
DIN EN ISO 1234

1,6 x
2 x
3,2 x
3,2 x
Material: S355J2G3 (St52-3); preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.
12
12
16
20
4 x 25
5 x 32
5 x 36
6,3 x 36
6,3 x 40
6,3 x 45
8 x 45
8 x 50
8 x 56
8 x 63
10 x 63
10 x 71
10 x 80
13 x 90
13 x 100
13 x 112
13 x 125
13
13
13
16
* These are no pin diameters as in DIN EN 22341.
1)
Split pin
x 140
x 160
x 180
x 180
16 x 200
16 x 224
16 x 250
January 2002
Pin with head and lubrication hole
SN 356
Dimensions in mm
Type A with spring pin

Type B without spring pin
d1 h9, f7 FK (manuf. cost) = 165%
d1 g6
FK = 234%
from d1 = 25mm dia. to 100mm dia.
drill during shop

assembly
rounded off
axle stop plate

DIN 15058
unmachined washer
(DIN 1441)
3)
Designation of a pin with spring pin, type A , diameter d1 = 30 mm,

with tolerance range h9 1) and length l 1 = 80 mm, l 2 = 35 mm, l 4 2) = 20 mm aus S355J2G3:
Pin SN 356 A30h9 x 80 x 35 x 20 S355J2G3

Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 356: 2002-01
Spring
pin 3)
d 1 1)
dk
dl
H13
6 10 1,6
8 14 2
10 18
3,2
12 20
14 22
4
* 15 16 25
18 28
20 30 5
22 33
24 36
* 25 6,3
27 40
* 28 30 44
* 32 33 47
* 35 8
36 50
* 38 40 55
* 42 45 60
* 48 50 66
10
55 72
60 78
* 65 70 90
* 75 80 100
* 85 - 13
90 110
* 95 100 120
* 110
* 120
* 130
* 140
* 150
* 160
* 170
* 180
* 190
* 200
d2
d3
h9
h1
h2
l6
t1
t2
max.
2
3
1
0,6
4
4,5
1,6
-
0,6
1,6
5
16
4
3
5
19
6
4
8
21
10
6
27
12
5,5
6
6
8
8
8
8
9
9
11
12
13
13
13
13
14
1
1
1
1
1
1
-
3
0,4
4
6
0,6
8
10
0,8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
6
1
1
1
1
h3
ISO 8752
with washer
min. DIN 1441
3,2
6,5
3,5
7,5
4,5
9,5
5,5
11
12
6
12
7
14,5
13
1
17
3
3
3
3
le
15,5
17
9
18
4 x 10
20,5
5 x 12
10
12
14
21,5
21,5
25,5
26,5
6 x 14
8 x 16
29,5
10 x 20
34
16
36
12 x 24
Washer,
coarse type
Axle stop plate
DIN 1441
DIN 15058
I.-
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
26
28
29
31
S
1,6
2
2,5
34
25 x 6
37
41
46
51
56
62
68
72
78
82
86
92
98
102
6
7
8
30 x 8
9
10
40 x 10
12
14 x 30
50 x 12
10
16
20 x 5
32
8
1,6 20
9
38
16 x 30
60 x 16
* These are no pin diameters as in DIN EN 22340 and 22341.

Material: S355J2G3 (St52-3); preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.
1)
2)
3)
4)
L 4 defined according to DIN 1850-2, bush length b 1 2 (a + c 1).
To be stated separately in the bill of materials.
When other thread connections are required, these must be specified as follows, e.g.: G 1/4 x 12/18 11 x l 2 + 6
January 2002
Bushings for plain bearings
SN 364
Part 1
made of copper alloys

Dimensions in mm
DIN ISO 4379

Bushings for plain bearings as in DIN ISO 4379

Use bushings of strip metal (e.g. DU bushings) for simple-type bearings.
Dimensions and designation:
Type C
Type F
(chamfers c1 and c2 same as type C)
X (without Y in the designation)
25
1,6
3,2
d3
c2x45
X (with Y in the designation)
0,2
d1
1,6
6,3
25
c2 (variable)
b2
b1
c2
b1
Designation of a bush, type C, inside dia. d1 = 20 mm and ISO tolerance range E9 prior to mounting,
outside dia. d2 = 26 mm with ISO tolerance range s6 and width b1 = 20 mm with press-in chamfer C2 of 15 (Y),
made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Ordering example:
Bushing ISO 4379 - C-20E9 x 26s6 x 20Y - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Material:
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982

Other materials see SN 359
Design:
Permissible deviations of dimensions without tolerance indications: DIN ISO 2768m,

edges max. 0,3 mm deburred acc. to DIN ISO 13715,
press-in chamfer c 2 of 45: no particular indication in the designation,
press-in chamfer c 2 of 15: add Y in the designation.
Tolerance ranges recommended for SMS Demag:

pressed-in, shrunk-in
200
before mounting
d1
> 200
1)
after mounting
relevant shaft tolerance range
d2
120
> 120
location hole
F7
E9
d1
Vx =
15%
d2
H7
H8
f7; e9
s6
r6
H7
glued in (indicate in drawing)

D10
2)
E9
h9; h11
H7
H8
f7; e9
E9
h9; h11
g6
H7
Example of nom. dimension d1 > 200: (not standardised)
Desired:
location hole = 240 H7 ( 0+0,046 ) . bushing outside dia. d 2 = 240 r6 ( ++00,,113

084 ) .
bushing pressed-in or shrunk in.
bushing inside dia. d1 = 210 H7 ( 0+0,046 ) .
Required:
d 1 before mounting:
Given:
Vx =
d1
0,113 210
15% =
15% = 0,084
d2
240
This leads to a dimensions required before mounting of d 1 min. = 210+0,084 = 210,084 and
d 1 max. = 210,046+0,084 = 210,130; tolerance range: 210 E9 ( ++00,,215
100 ) .
When a suitable ISO tolerance range cannot be determined, the calculated values can be indicated as deviations
from the nominal dimension, e.g. 210 ( ++00,,113
084 ) .
Plain bearing bushings subjected to particularly heavy stresses by axial or radial forces shall be secured by setscrews or
bonding agent Loctite 675 as in SN 507. For bushes with lubricant feed and distribution for rotating bearing movement refer to
SN 364-3.
6,3
d2
c1 x 45
Page 2
SN 364 Part 1 : 2002-01
b1 3)
d1
6 4)
8
10
12
14
15
16
18
20
22
(24)
25
(27)
28
30
32
(33)
35
(36)
38
40
42
45
48
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
d2
12
14
16
18
20
21
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
45
46
48
50
52
55
58
60
65
75
80
85
90
95
100
110
115
120
125
130
140
150
160
170
185
195
210
220
230
d3
14
18
20
22
25
27
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
58
60
63
66
68
73
83
88
95
100
105
110
120
125
130
135
140
150
160
170
180
200
210
220
230
240
Chamfer
Series
b2
10
45
c1, c2
max.
15
c2
max.
0,3
1
10
15
20
20
30
12
15
20
0,5
2
1,5
30
40
50
30
40
5
0,8
60
40
50
60
50
70
60
80
70
90
80
7,5
100
3
80
100
120
10
100
120
150
150
180
120
200
150
180
12,5
180
250
15
200
1
4,5
5,5
6,5
12,4
14,1
14,9
18,9
20,9
28,6
31,1
33,6
55,2
59
70,8
75,2
79,6
93,3
165,9
170
178,3
186,6
194,9
207,3
293
304
332
560
752
803
855
1089
1151
1659
1742
2433
2543
2654
3594
3871
4147
5308
7153
7568
12130
12751
16049
Weight (8,8 kg/dm3 red brass and bronze)

kg per 1000 pieces
Type C
Type F
for series b1
2
3
1
2
7,5
8,6
9,1
11,7
10,8
13,7
18,7
24,9
15,7
22
21,1
28,2
18,7
25,7
22,4
29,9
20,8
26,3
23,6
31,5
25,1
29,8
34,8
52,3
27,6
41,5
38,2
57,2
35,8
45,4
41,5
62,2
38,8
49,2
44,8
67,2
41,8
53
82,7
110,3
66,8
94,3
88,5
118
71,2
100,7
106,2
141,5
83,7
119,1
112,8
150,4
88,8
126,4
119,4
159,2
93,8
133,6
140
186,6
111,9
158,6
221,2
276,5
182,3
237,6
226,7
283,4
190,3
247
237,8
297,2
199,3
258,8
248,8
373,2
216,4
278,6
259,9
389,8
225,8
290,8
276,5
414,7
239,9
309,1
366
440
327
400
380
456
339
415
415
581
370
453
840
1120
625
905
902
1203
821
971
1125
1446
896
1218
1197
1540
953
1295
1451
1814
1192
1554
1534
1918
1259
1642
2212
3318
1817
2370
2903
3483
1907
3068
3041
3649
2605
3213
3179
3815
2722
3358
3317
3981
2840
3503
4313
5391
3794
4513
4645
5806
4085
4859
6220
7464
4375
6448
6635
7962
5549
6876
8942
10730
7651
9440
11352
12614
8092
11876
14556
20216
12575
15001
15302
21253
13217
15768
17832
22290
16536
18319
3
28,2
32,8
35,8
37,7
59
64,4
69,9
75,4
121,9
130,2
154,4
164
173,4
205,2
292,9
303,7
318,2
403
420,7
447,3
474
491
619
1185
1272
1539
1638
1917
2026
3476
3648
3820
3994
4167
5591
6020
7692
8203
11228
13138
20661
21719
22777
Whenever possible, avoid sizes shown in round brackets.
1)
dimensions above 200 mm are not standardised.
2)
Explanations of the variables in the equation:

V x = biggest anticipated diameter reduction of d1 after pressing or shrinking in.
= biggest interference between location hole and bushing outside diameter d2.
d 1 = nominal inside dia. of bushing.
d 2 = nominal outside dia. of bushing = nom. dia. of location hole.
3)
The dimensions of b1 indicated here have to be preferred. Other dimensions are allowed, but must not exceed 1,5 x d1.
4)
Dimension applies only to bushings of type C.
September 2003
Bushings for hydraulic cylinders

with pivot trunnion
SN 364
Part 2
made of copper alloys

Dimensions in mm
derived from
DIN ISO 4379
The bushings of this SN 364-2 are designed only for hydraulic cylinders with pivot trunnions.
They differ from types C and F of SN 364-1 by a bigger chamfer c1.
Dimensions and designation: Type
Type B
(chamfers c1 and c2 same as type A)
X ( without Y in designation)
25
1,6
X ( with Y in designation)
0,2
1,6
c2x45
d3
d1
c 1 x 45
6,3
25
c 2 (variable)
b1
b2
c2
b1
6,3
d2
3,2
Designation of a bushing, type A, inside dia. d1 = 30 mm and ISO tolerance range E9 prior to mounting,
outside dia. d2 = 38 mm with ISO tolerance range s6, width b1 = 30 mm with press-in chamfer C2 of 15 (Y)
made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing SN 364 - A-30E9 x 38s6 x 30Y - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ

Material:
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982

For other materials see SN 359
Design:
Permissible deviations of dimensions without tolerance indications: DIN ISO 2768m,

edges max. 0,3 mm deburred acc. to DIN ISO 13715,
press-in chamfer c2 of 45: no particular indication in the designation,
press-in chamfer c2 of 15: add Y in the designation.
Tolerance ranges recommended for SMS Demag:

pressed-in, shrunk-in
before mounting
d1
200
after mounting
relevant shaft tolerance range *)
d2
glued in (indicate in drawing)
F7
E9
D10
H7
H8
E9
f8 a) , c) or e8 b) , c), d)
120
s6
>
120
r6
location hole
H7
h9; h11
H7
H8
f7; e9
E9
h9; h11
g6
H7
*) In most cases the tolerance indications are standardised by the suppliers.
Example:
a)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 160 bar (type CDM1)
b)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 250 bar (types CDH1, CGH1)
c)
d)
Messrs. Mannesmann Rexroth AG
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 364 Part 2 : 2003-09
b1 1)
d1
30
32
(33)
35
(36)
38
40
42
45
48
50
55
60
63 2)
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
120
125 2)
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
d2
38
40
42
45
46
48
50
52
55
58
60
65
75
78 2)
80
85
90
95
100
110
115
120
125
130
140
140
150
160
170
185
195
210
220
230
Series
d3
44
46
48
50
52
54
58
60
63
66
68
73
83
86 2)
88
95
100
105
110
120
125
130
135
140
150
150
160
170
180
200
210
220
230
240
Chamfer
b2
20
30
40
45
15
c1
c2
c2
max. max. max.
0,5
2
50
30
40
5
0,8
3
2
60
40
50
70
60
80
70
90
50
7,5
2,5
60
80
80
100
1
100
4
3
120
10
100
120
150
150
180
120
200
150
180
5
12,5
180
250
15
200
1
75,2
79,6
93,3
165,9
170
178,3
186,6
194,9
207,3
293
304
332
560
731
752
803
855
1089
1151
1659
1742
2433
2543
2654
3594
3733
3871
4147
5308
7153
7568
12130
12751
16049
Weight (8,8 kg/dm3 for red brass and bronze)

kg per 1000 pieces
Type A
Type B
For series b1
2
3
1
2
112,8
150,4
88,8
126,4
119,4
159,2
93,8
133,6
140
186,6
111,9
158,6
221,2
276,5
182,3
237,6
226,7
283,4
190,3
247
237,8
297,2
199,3
258,8
248,8
373,2
216,4
278,6
259,9
389,8
225,8
290,8
276,5
414,7
239,9
309,1
366
440
327
400
380
456
339
415
415
581
370
453
840
1120
625
905
877
1169
799
945
902
1203
821
971
1125
1446
896
1218
1197
1540
953
1295
1451
1814
1192
1554
1534
1918
1259
1642
2212
3318
1817
2370
2903
3483
1907
3068
3041
3649
2605
3213
3179
3815
2722
3358
3317
3981
2840
3503
4313
5391
3794
4513
4479
5599
3940
4686
4645
5806
4085
4859
6220
7464
4375
6448
6635
7962
5549
6876
8942
10730
7651
9440
11352
12614
8092
11876
14556
20216
12575
15001
15302
21253
13217
15768
17832
22290
16536
18319
3
164
173,4
205,2
292,9
303,7
318,2
403
420,7
447,3
474
491
619
1185
1237
1272
1539
1638
1917
2026
3476
3648
3820
3994
4167
5591
5806
6020
7692
8203
11228
13138
20661
21719
22777
Whenever possible, avoid sizes shown in round brackets.
Revision of January 2003
Previous editions
Addition of bore diameter d1 = 125.
2002-01, 2003-01
1)
2)
The dimensions of b1 indicated here have to be preferred. Other dimensions are allowed, but must not exceed 1,5 x d1.
Dimension not in accordance with DIN ISO 4379.
January 2002
Bushings for plain bearings
SN 364
with lubrication holes and grooves

for rotating bearings
Part 3
DIN ISO 12128 and parts of
DIN 1850-2 (of March 1969),
Dimensions in mm
1 Field of application
This standard enables the assignment of types of lubricant feeders and distributors to the copper-alloy plain bearing bushings
as in DIN ISO 4379 (in part from DIN 1850-2 of March 1969); it shows that the bushing types C and F can be designed with
bores, longitudinal and ring grooves or combinations of these.
Ring grooves in conjunction with longitudinal grooves must be used only in exceptional cases (e.g. greasing
through tappet), as they heavily reduce the load bearing capacity of the plain bearings; longitudinal and ring
grooves must always be provided in the stationary section; for the types stated in section 3 below, blank
drawings of the bushing types C and F with press-in chamfers of 45 and 15 (Y) are available for in-house
manufacture.
Design recommendation:
For cost reasons it is useful in many cases to utilise bushings made of maintenance-free graphitic sliding
material or of sintered bronze (see SN 359). In this case there will be no manufacturing cost for the various
lubricant groove types A to H.
2 Types of lubricant feed and distribution

(Selection from DIN ISO 12128)
Lubrication hole
Longitudinal groove
Ring groove
Type L
Type D
Type G
round off
round off
Hole d2 drilled together with locating element,
except for locating elements with ring grooves.
Indication in assembly drawing or assembly note
in bill of materials is required.
For types L, D, G
Type L
Type D
Bearing wall thickness

s
d2
e1
2,5
> 2
2,5
> 2,5
> 3
> 4
Type G
For types L, D, G
e2
0,8
2,5
1,8
0,8
10,5
1,2
2,5
1,2
14
1,6
3,5
1,6
19
12
4,5
> 5
7,5
28
2,5
20
7,5
2,5
> 7,5
10
10
38
3,2
28
11
3,2
12
49
35
14
> 10
+0,2
0
d1
+0,2
0
30
> 30
100
> 100
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 364 Part 3 : 2002-01
3 Table of types and designations

Lubrication holes and grooves
Quantity: 1, 2 or 3
Type
D
and
L
according to
DIN ISO 12128
Tappet
according to
DIN 1850-2
of March 1969
D
and
G
according to
DIN ISO 12128
Front face
according to
DIN ISO 12128
Longitudinal groove closed on

both sides and lubric. hole centric
or off-center
according to
DIN 1850-2
of March 1969
Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type F, according to

DIN ISO 4379 or a bush for cylinder, type B, acc. to SN 364-2, each
with a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type A (A), with one lubrication
hole (1) of type L (L) at a distance of x = 10 acc. to DIN ISO 12128
and made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing ISO 4379 F-18E9x24s6x20YA1L10 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364 B-18E9x24s6x20YA1L10 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x
for centric lubrication
hole is 1/2 x b1.

with a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type B (B), with one longitudinal
groove (1) of type D (D) and one lubrication hole (1) of type L (L) at a
distance of x = 6 acc. to DIN ISO 1850-2 and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing ISO 4379F18E9x24s6x20YB1D1L6- CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364B18E9x24s6x20YB1D1L6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x for centric lubrication

hole is 1/2 x b1.
Longitudinal groove
closed on both sides
Longitudinal groove, two sides

closed, and one ring groove with
diagonal sides, centric or off-centre
Hub
Longitud. groove, open on

side opposite to press-in
side
according to
DIN ISO 12128
Example of designation:
Type and arrangement
Lubrication hole centric

or off-center
Type
Longitudinal groove, open

on press-in side
Lubricant
feeding and
distribution
through ...
b1
> 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100
> 100
a
3
4
6
10
Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type C, according to DIN ISO
4379 or a bushing for cylinder, type A, acc. to SN 364-2, each with a
dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type C (C), with three longitudinal
grooves (3), type D (D), according to DIN ISO 12128, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing ISO 4379 C18E9x24s6x20YC3D CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364 A18E9x24s6x20YC3D CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1
> 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100
> 100
a
3
4
6
10

with a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type F (F), with three longitudinal
grooves (3) of type D (D) and one ring groove (1) of type G (G) at a
distance of x = 6 acc. to DIN ISO 1850-2, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing ISO 4379F18E9x24s6x20YF3D1G6-CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364B18E9x24s6x20YF3D1G6-CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x for centric ring groove

is 1/2 x b1.
b1
> 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100
> 100
a
3
4
6
10
dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type G (G), with one longitudinal
groove (1), type D (D), according to DIN ISO 12128, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing ISO 4379 C18E9x24s6x20YG1D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364 A18E9x24s6x20YC3D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1
> 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100
> 100
a
3
4
6
10
dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type H (H), with one longitudinal
groove (1), type D (D), according to DIN ISO 12128, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing ISO 4379 C18E9x24s6x20YH1D CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364 A18E9x24s6x20YH1D CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1
> 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100
> 100
a
3
4
6
10
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ (GZ-CuSn7ZnPb) according to DIN EN 1982 or other materials as in SN 359.
January 2002
Semi-finished products kept in stock
SN 483
This printed overview of parts kept in stock is updated only when a new edition of the standards book is issued. For
this reason the marking of availability from stock given in the STOR master data is relevant.
Parts whose stockkeeping will be discontinued are not stated in this standard.
Section
Current mat. designat. Semi-finish. A

material number,
product
G
(former mat. designat.) acc. to
A
S355J2G3 1)
G
1.0570
A
(St 52-3)
G
C60+N
1.0601
(C 60 N)
DIN
1013
42CrMo4+QT
1.7225
(42 CrMo4 V)
X20Cr13+QT800
1.0421
(X20 Cr13 V-II)
18CrNiMo7-6+FP
1.6587
(17 CrNiMo 6 BG)
S355J2G3 1)
1.0570
(St 52-3)
E295+C
1.0050+C
(St 50-2K)
Wire
DIN
7527-6
DIN EN
10278
E295+SH
1.0050+SH
(St 50-2SH)
(DIN 671)
X5CrNi18-10
1.4301*
(X5 CrNi 18-10)
DIN EN
10218
(DIN 177)
S355J2G3 1)
1.0570
(St 52-3)
DIN
1014
C45+C
1.0503
(C 45 K)
DIN
6880
S235JRG2
1.0038
(RSt 37-2)
DIN EN
10 048
C 75
1.0605
DIN EN
10140
Dimensions
in mm
Weight in kg/m
20
2,47
130
104
30
5,55
140
121
40
9,86
150
139
50
15,4
160
158
60
22,2
170
178
70
30,2
180
200
80
39,5
190
223
90
49,9
200
247
100
61,7
100
120
200
61,7
88,8
247
40
50
9,86
110
74,6
120
88,8
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
15,4
22,2
39,5
61,7
88,8
121
158
200
247
50
65
100
130
160
15,1
25,5
60,5
102
155
140
160
180
215
121
158
200
285
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
400
298
355
417
483
555
631
713
799
986
10
12
16
20
24
25
30
40
0,154
0,222
0,395
0,617
0,888
1,58
2,47
3,55
3,85
5,55
9,86
50
55
70
15,4
18,7
30,2
0,9
0,006
0,025
A
G
A
G
A
G
A
G
A
G
20
25
30
40
3,14
4,91
7,07
12,6
120
130 2) 140 2)
113
133
154
5x5
6x6
8x7
0,196
0,283
0,44
28 x 16
36 x 20
40 x 22
3,52
5,65
6,91
100 x 50
39,3
100
78,5
110
95
Dimension 16
also in S235JRG2
Strength values according to SN 359
dimensions
correspond to
the forging
dimensions as in
DIN 7527-6
tolerance range h9
20 x 3
30 x 3
0,471
0,707
0,1 x 200
0,157
Dimensions
50
19,6
10 x 8
0,628
45 x 25
8,83
60
28,3
1,4 mm also in St galvanized

2 mm also in D9 annealed
70
38,5
12 x 8
0,754
50 x 28
11
80
50,2
14 x 14
1,54
56 x 32
14,1
90
63,6
16 x 10
1,26
70 x 36
19,8
20 x 12
1,88
90 x 45
31,8
* This material designation will be kept as search criterion in STOR.

Page 2
SN 483 : 2002-01
Section

material number,
product
G
S235JRG2
1.0038
(RSt 37-2)
DIN
1017
S235JR
1.0037
(St 37-2)
3)
Plate
S235JRG2
1.0038
(RSt 37-2)
3)
S355J2G3
1.0570
(St 52-3)
4)
DIN EN
10029,
class A
CuZn37-R370
CW508L
(CuZn 37.F37)
Cu-DHP-R240
CW024A
(SF-Cu.F24)
Cast. f. hydr.
components
Bulb plate
Al99,0-H12
EN AW-1200
(Al99F10)
S235JR
1.0037
(St37-2)
DIN
1751
DIN EN
485
DIN
59220
Al
EN-GJS-400-15
EN-JS 1030
(GGG-40)
Weight in kg/m, for plates in kg/m

30 x 6
30 x 10
30 x 20
40 x 5
40 x 8
40 x 10
40 x 15
40 x 20
1,41
2,36
4,71
1,57
2,51
3,14
4,71
6,28
40 x 25
50 x 5
50 x 8
50 x 10
50 x 15
50 x 20
50 x 25
60 x 5
7,85
1,96
3,14
3,93
5,89
7,85
9,81
2,36
60 x 8
60 x 10
60 x 12
60 x 15
60 x 20
60 x 25
60 x 30
60 x 40
3,77
4,71
5,65
7,07
9,42
11,8
14,1
18,8
70 x 10
70 x 15
70 x 20
70 x 25
70 x 30
80 x 8
80 x 10
80 x 12
5,5
8,24
11
13,7
16,5
5,02
6,28
7,54
80 x 15
80 x 20
80 x 30
80 x 40
90 x 10
90 x 20
100 x 6
100 x 10
9,42
12,6
18,8
25,1
7,07
14,1
4,71
7,85
A 100 x 15
100 x 20
100 x 25
100 x 30
100 x 40
120 x 10
120 x 15
120 x 20
11,8
15,7
19,6
23,6
31,4
9,42
14,1
18,8
A 120 x 25
150 x 10
150 x 15
150 x 20
11,8
17,7
23,6
G
DIN EN
10131
23,6
0,5
1,5
3,9
7,85
11,8
15,7
10
12
15
23,6
31,4
39,3
47,1
62,8
78,5
94,2
117,8
20
25
30
40
45
50
60
70
80
150
157
196
235,5
314
353,3
392,5
471
549,5
628
1177
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
117,8
157
196
235,5
314
392,5
471
549,5
628
720
785
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
200
210
863,5
942
1040
1099
1177
1280
1334
1413
1570
1648
It is recommended processing the products made of

steel DC01 within 6 weeks after their placing at disposal.
0,1 x 400 2)
0,15 x 400 2)
0,2 x 400
0,5 x 600
1 x 1000
2 x 1000
0,84
1,26
1,68
4,2
8,4
16,8
0,7
6,2
8,9
17,8
2,7
5,4
T5
T8
T 10
41,25
64,8
80,5
T5
14,5
Panel sizes
Sheet thickness 0,5 to 2 1000 x 2000
Sheet thickness 3 to 4 1500 x 3000
Plate thickness 5 to 90 2000 x 6000
Dimensions correspond to plate thickness without bulbs.
Panel size 1500 x 3000
187 x 162
256 x 256
332 x 302
247
478
732
in mm
DC01+LC
1.0330
(St 12 03)
Dimensions
Page 3
SN 483 : 2002-01
Section

material number,
product
G
St 37.0
1.0254
St 37.4NBK
1.0255
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
1.4571 h*
(X10 CrNiMoTi 18 10)
DIN
2448
Weight in kg/m
26,9 x 2,3
33,7 x 2,6
42,4 x 2,6
48,3 x 2,6
60,3 x 2,9
76,1 x 2,9
1,4
1,99
2,55
2,93
4,11
5,24
88,9 x 3,2
114,3 x 3,6
139,7 x 4
168,3 x 4,5
219,1 x 6,3
6,76
9,83
13,4
18,2
33,1
6x1
8x1
8 x 1,5
10 x 1,5
12 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2,5
0,12
0,17
0,24
0,32
0,5
0,7
0,83
18 x 2
20 x 2,5
20 x 3
22 x 2
25 x 3
25 x 4
28 x 2
0,8
1,1
1,26
1,65
2,1
1,28
30 x 4
30 x 5
35 x 2,5
38 x 3
38 x 5
38 x 6
2,6
3,1
2,6
4,06
4,74
6x1
8x1
10 x 1,5
12 x 2
16 x 2,5
20 x 3
25 x 4
G
DIN EN ISO
A
1127
G
(DIN 2462)
A
0,12
0,18
0,32
0,5
0,85
1,28
2,1
30 x 5
38 x 3
38 x 6
42,4 x 2,6
48,3 x 2,6
48,3 x 8
60,3 x 2,9
3,13
2,6
4,74
2,59
2,93
7,93
4,17
60,3 x 10
76,1 x 2,9
76,1 x 12,5
88,9 x 3,2
88,9 x 14,2
114,3 x 3,6
12,6
5,24
19,9
6,86
26,6
9,98
DIN
2391
A
DIN EN
10056
equalsided
DIN EN
10056
unequalsided
DIN
1025/2
DIN
1026
25 x 25 x 3
30 x 30 x 3
1,12
60 x 60 x 6
1,36
7,09
50 x 50 x 5
70 x 70 x 7
50 x 50 x 7
3,77
5,15
80 x 80 x 8
7,38
80 x 80 x 10
9,63
11,9
150 x 150 x 12
17,8
75 x 55 x 7
40 x 40 x 4
2,42
60 x 60 x 8
5,42
A 100 x 100 x 12
G
IPB
in mm
S235JRG2
1.0038
(RSt37-2)
Dimensions
27,3
120 x 80 x 12
6,8
130 x 65 x 10
150 x 100 x 12
200 x 100 x 10
17,8
14,6
22,5
22,8
A 200 x 100 x 12
G
27,3
100
120
140
160
200
20,4
26,7
33,7
42,6
61,3
40
80
100
120
140
160
200
4,87
8,64
10,6
13,4
16
18,8
25,3
1)
Selection of material:
Whenever possible use has to be made of the stocked semi-finished products stated in this standard or of the materials
given in the SMS Demag selection of SN 359.
The designation "St" is permitted for steel components without particular strength requirements. In this case it is at the
maker's discretion to use semi-finished products such as sheet, round material C22, E295+C (St50-2) or tubing for the
manufacture. Suitability for welding must be ensured.
When materials like St50 are indicated, the above procedure is used by analogy; the melting and treatment processes can
be freely chosen, but on condition that the tensile strength of the specified basic material is achieved. Manufacture in
E295+C (St50-2), S355J2G3 (St52-3), C35+N (C35N) is possible.
2)
Cannot be ordered according to DIN.
3)
The stocked plates in S235JR (St37-2) have not been ultrasonically tested; if necessary, such testing of parts exposed to
high dynamic loads has to be indicated in the drawings as follows: ultrasonic testing acc. to SEL 072 Table 1, Class 2, with
certificate of ultrasonic testing and certificate DIN EN 10204 -3.1.B, or plates in S355J2G3 (St52-3) must be used instead.
4)
Stocked plates in S355J2G3 (St52-3) have been ultrasonically tested acc. to SEL 072 Table 1, Class 2, with certificate of
ultrasonic testing and certificate DIN EN 10204 - 3-1.B.
January 2002
Steel structural sections
SN 805
Selection
Section dimensions
in mm
a
b
s
r1
30x 20x 3
30
20
3
4
4
30
20
4
4
40x 20x 4
40
20
4
4
40x 25x 4
40
25
4
4
45x 30x 4
45
30
4
4,5
50x 30x 5
50
30
5
5
60x 30x 5
60
30
5
5
60x 40x 5
60
40
5
6
6
60
40
6
6
65x 50x 5
65
50
5
6
70x 50x 6
70
50
6
7
75x 50x 6
75
50
6
7
8
75
50
8
7
80x 40x 6
80
40
6
7
8
80
40
8
7
80x 60x 7
80
60
7
8
100x 50x 6 100
50
6
8
8 100
50
8
8
100x 65x 7 100
65
7
10
8 100
65
8
10
10 100
65
10
10
100x 75x 8 100
75
8
10
10 100
75
10
10
12 100
75
12
10
120x 80x 8 120
80
8
11
10 120
80
10
11
12 120
80
12
11
125x 75x 8 125
75
8
11
10 125
75
10
11
12 125
75
12
11
135x 65x 8 135
65
8
11
10 135
65
10
11
150x 75x 9 150
75
9
12
10 150
75
10
12
12 150
75
12
12
15 150
75
15
12
150x 90x10 150
90
10
12
12 150
90
12
12
15 150
90
15
12
150x100x10 150
100
10
12
12 150
100
12
12
200x100x10 200
100
10
15
12 200
100
12
15
15 200
100
15
15
200x150x12 200
150
12
15
15 200
150
15
15
Symbol
r2
2
2
2
2
2,25
2,5
2,5
3
3
3
3,5
3,5
3,5
3,5
3,5
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
d1
8,4
8,4
11
11
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
Leg bores *)
in mm
d2
w1
w2
4,3
17
4,3
17
4,3
22
6,4
22
8,4
25
8,4
30
8,4
35
11
35
11
35
13
35
13
40
13
35
13
35
11
45
11
45
17
45
13
55
13
55
21
55
21
55
21/17
55
23
55
23
55
23
55
23
50
80
23
50
80
23
50
80
23
50
85
23
50
85
23
50
85
21
55
95
21
55
95
23
60
105
23
60
105
23
60
105
23
60
105
25
60
105
25
60
105
25
60
105
25
60
105
25
60
105
25
65
150
25
65
150
25
65
150
25
65
150
25
65
150
w3
12
12
12
15
17
17
17
22
22
30
30
30
30
22
22
35
30
30
35
35
35
40
40
40
45
45
45
40
40
40
35
35
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
55
55
55
55
55
100
100
Bending axes
in cm
in cm3
ex
ey
wx
wy
0,99 0,502
0,621 0,292
1,03 0,541
0,807 0,379
1,47 0,48
1,42 0,393
1,36 0,623
1,47 0,619
1,48 0,74
1,91 0,91
1,73 0,741
2,86 1,11
2,17 0,684
4,07 1,14
1,96 0,972
4,25 2,02
2
1,01
5,03 2,38
1,99 1,25
5,14 3,19
2,23 1,25
7,01 3,78
2,44 1,21
8,01 3,81
2,52 1,29
10,4
4,95
2,85 0,884
8,73 2,44
2,94 0,963 11,4
3,16
2,51 1,52
10,7
6,34
3,51 1,05
13,8
3,89
3,6
1,13
18,2
5,08
3,23 1,51
16,6
7,53
3,27 1,55
18,9
8,54
3,36 1,63
23,2 10,5
3,1
1,87
19,3 11,4
3,19 1,95
23,8 14
3,27 2,03
28
16,5
3,83 1,87
27,6 13,2
3,92 1,95
34,1 16,2
4
2,03
40,4 19,1
4,14 1,68
29,6 11,6
4,23 1,76
36,5 14,3
4,31 1,84
43,2 16,9
4,78 1,34
33,4
8,75
4,88 1,42
41,3 10,8
5,26 1,57
46,7 13,1
5,31 1,61
51,6 14,5
5,4
1,69
61,3 17,1
5,52 1,81
75,2 21
5
2,04
53,3 21
5,08 2,12
63,3 24,8
5,21 2,23
77,7 30,4
4,81 2,34
54,2 25,9
4,89 2,42
64,4 30,7
6,93 2,01
93,2 26,3
7,03 2,1
111
31,3
7,16 2,22 137
38,5
6,08 3,61 119
70,5
6,21 3,73 147
86,9
Weight
in
kg / m
1,12
1,46
1,77
1,93
2,25
2,96
3,36
3,76
4,46
4,35
5,41
5,65
7,39
5,41
7,07
7,36
6,84
8,97
8,77
9,94
12,3
10,6
13
15,4
12,2
15
17,8
12,2
15
17,8
12,2
15
15,4
17
20,2
24,8
18,2
21,6
26,6
19
22,5
23
27,3
33,75
32
39,6
Round-edge unequal steel angle (hot rolled) as in DIN EN 10056-1.
Page 2
SN 805 : 2002-01
Round-edge equal steel angle (hot rolled) as in DIN EN 10056-1.
Y
Y
Symbol
Section dimensions
in mm
s
r1
3
3,5
3
3,5
4
3,5
3
5
4
5
4
5
4
6
5
6
4,5
7
4
7
5
7
6
7
20x 20x 3
25x 25x 3
4
30x 30x 3
4
35x 35x 4
40x 40x 4
5
45x 45x 4,5
50x 50x 4
5
6
a
20
25
25
30
30
35
40
40
45
50
50
50
60x 60x 5
6
8
65x 65x 7
70x 70x 6
7
60
60
60
65
70
70
5
6
8
7
6
7
75x 75x 6
8
80x 80x 8
10
90x 90x 7
8
9
10
100x100x 8
10
12
120x120x10
12
130x130x12
150x150x10
12
15
160x160x15
180x180x16
18
200x200x16
18
20
24
75
75
80
80
90
90
90
90
100
100
100
120
120
130
150
150
150
160
180
180
200
200
200
200
250x250x28
250
35
250
Leg bores *)
in mm
w 1 4)
12
15
15
17
17
18
22
22
25
30
30
30
w2
-
Bending axes
in cm
in cm3
ex=ey
wx=wy
0,598
0,279
0,723
0,452
0,762
0,586
0,835
0,649
0,878
0,85
1
1,18
1,12
1,55
1,16
1,91
1,25
2,2
1,36
2,46
1,4
3,05
1,45
3,61
Weight in
kg/m
r2
1,75
1,75
1,75
2,5
2,5
2,5
3
3
3,5
3,5
3,5
3,5
d
4,3
6,4
6,4
8,4
8,4
11
11
11
13
13
13
13
8
8
8
9
9
9
4
4
4
4,5
4,5
4,5
17
17
17
21
21
21
35
35
35
35
40
40
1,64
1,69
1,77
1,85
1,93
1,97
4,45
5,29
6,89
7,18
7,27
8,41
4,57
5,42
7,09
6,83
6,38
7,38
6
8
8
10
7
8
9
10
8
10
12
10
12
12
10
12
15
15
16
18
16
18
20
24
9
9
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
14
16
16
16
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
4,5
4,5
5
5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
6
6
6
6,5
6,5
7
8
8
8
8,5
9
9
9
9
9
9
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
40
40
45
45
50
50
50
50
55
55
55
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60 / 65
65
65
65
65 / 70
80
80
90
105
105
105
115
135
135
150
150
150
150
2,05
2,14
2,26
2,34
2,45
2,5
2,54
2,58
2,74
2,82
2,9
3,31
3,4
3,64
4,03
4,12
4,25
4,49
5,02
5,1
5,52
5,6
5,68
5,84
8,41
11
12,6
15,4
14,1
16,1
17,9
19,8
19,9
24,6
29,1
36
42,7
50,4
56,9
67,7
83,5
95,6
130
145
162
181
199
235
6,85
8,99
9,63
11,9
9,61
10,9
12,2
13,4
12,2
15
17,8
18,2
21,6
23,6
23
27,3
33,8
36,2
43,5
48,6
48,5
54,3
59,9
71,1
28
35
18
18
9
9
28
28
75
75
200
200
7,24
7,5
433
529
0,882
1,12
1,45
1,36
1,78
2,09
2,42
2,97
3,06
3,06
3,77
4,47
104
128
Page 3
SN 805: 2002-01
Wide I-beams with parallel flange surfaces, IPB series as in DIN 1025-2.
Symbol
I PB
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
400
450
500
550
600
650
h
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
400
450
500
550
600
650
b
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
Section dimensions
in mm
s
t
6
10
6,5
11
7
12
8
13
8,5
14
9
15
9,5
16
10
17
10
17,5
10,5
18
11
19
11,5
20,5
12
21,5
12,5
22,5
13,5
24
14
26
14,5
28
15
29
15,5
30
16
31
r
12
12
12
15
15
18
18
21
24
24
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
e
56
74
92
104
122
134
152
164
177
196
208
225
243
261
298
344
390
438
486
534
d
13
17
21
23
25
25
25
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
Leg bores
in mm
w1
w2
56
66
76
86
100
110
120
96
106
110
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
w3
35
40
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
Bending axes
in cm3
wx
wy
89,9
33,5
144
52,9
216
78,5
311
111
426
151
570
200
736
258
938
327
1150
395
1380
471
1680
571
1930
616
2160
646
2400
676
2880
721
3550
781
4290
842
4970
872
5700
902
6480
932
Weight in
kg/m
20,4
26,7
33,7
42,6
51,2
61,3
71,5
83,2
93
103
117
127
134
142
155
171
187
199
212
225
Medium-flange I-beams with parallel flange surfaces, IPB series (hot rolled) as in DIN 1025-5.
Symbol
I PE
h
b
80
80
46
100
100
55
120
120
64
140
140
73
160
160
82
180
180
91
200
200
100
220
220
110
240
240
120
270
270
135
300
300
150
330
330
160
360
360
170
400
400
180
450
450
190
500
500
200
550
550
210
600
600
220
Section dimensions
in mm
s
3,8
4,1
4,4
4,7
5
5,3
5,6
5,9
6,2
6,6
7,1
7,5
8
8,6
9,4
10,2
11,1
12
t
5,2
5,7
6,3
6,9
7,4
8
8,5
9,2
9,8
10,2
10,7
11,5
12,7
13,5
14,6
16
17,2
19
r
5
7
7
7
9
9
12
12
15
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
24
e
59
74
93
112
127
146
159
177
190
219
248
271
298
331
378
426
467
514
Leg bores 3)
in mm
d
w
Max. dim1)
6,4
26
8,4
30
8,4
36
11
40
13 **)
44
13
50
13
56
17
60
17
68
21/17
72
23
80
25/23
86
25
90
28/25
96
28
106
28
110
28
120
28
120
Bending axes
in cm3
wx
20
34,2
53
77,3
109
146
194
252
324
429
557
713
904
1160
1500
1930
2440
3070
wy
3,69
5,79
8,65
12,3
16,7
22,2
28,5
37,3
47,3
62,2
80,5
98,5
123
146
176
214
254
308
Weight in
kg/m
6
8,1
10,4
12,9
15,8
18,8
22,4
26,2
30,7
36,1
42,2
49,1
57,1
66,3
77,6
90,7
106
122
Page 4
SN 805: 2002-01
Normal U-sections as in DIN 1026-1.
Slopes of inner flanges:

up to h = 300 mm : 8%
above h = 300 mm : 5%
Section dimensions
in mm
Symbol
U
30 x 15
30
40 x 20
40
50 x 25
50
60
65
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
350
380
400
h
30
30
40
40
50
50
60
65
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
350
380
400
b
15
33
20
35
25
38
30
42
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
100
100
102
110
s
4
5
5
5
5
5
6
5,5
6
6
7
7
7,5
8
8,5
9
9,5
10
10
10
14
14
13,5
14
t=r1
4,5
7
5,5
7
6
7
6
7,5
8
8,5
9
10
10,5
11
11,5
12,5
13
14
15
16
17,5
16
16
18
c
7,5
16,5
10
17,5
12,5
19
15
21
22,5
25
27,5
30
32,5
35
37,5
40
42,5
45
47,5
50
43
43
44
48
Leg bores 3) *)
in mm
d
r2
2
3,5
2,5
3,5
3
3,5
3
4
4
4,5
4,5
5
5,5
5,5
6
6,5
6,5
7
7,5
8
8,75
8
8
9
e
12
1
18
11
25
20
35
33
47
64
82
97
116
133
151
166
185
201
216
232
247
283
313
325
Grtmae1) 2)
4,3
8,4
6,4
8,4
8,4
11
8,4
11
13 **)
13
17/13
17
21/17
21
23/21
23
25/23
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
1)
w
10
20
11
20
16
20
18
25
25
30
30
35
35
40
40
45
45
50
50
55
58
58
60
60
in cm
ey
0,52
1,31
0,67
1,33
0,81
1,37
0,91
1,42
1,45
1,55
1,6
1,75
1,84
1,92
2,01
2,14
2,23
2,36
2,53
2,7
2,6
2,4
2,38
2,65
Bending axes
in cm3
wx
1,69
4,26
3,79
7,05
6,73
10,6
10,5
17,7
26,5
41,2
60,7
86,4
116
150
191
245
300
371
448
535
679
734
829
1020
wy
0,39
2,68
0,86
3,08
1,48
3,75
2,16
5,07
6,36
8,49
11,1
14,8
18,3
22,4
27
33,6
39,6
47,7
57,2
67,8
80,6
75
78,7
102
Weight in
kg/m
1,74
4,27
2,87
4,87
3,86
5,59
5,07
7,09
8,64
10,6
13,4
16
18,8
22
25,3
29,4
33,2
37,9
41,8
46,2
59,5
60,6
63,1
71,8
The same tracing dimensions can be used for rivets and screws having smaller diameters than the max. diameters
stated here.
2)
When two d values are stated for a section, the smaller one is used for screws for high-tensile connections as in
DIN 6914. The bigger diameter applies to the rivet.
3)
Tracing dimensions for bars and rolled steel sections as in 997.
4)
When two tracing dimensions for w1 are stated for a section, the greater one is used for screws for high-tensile
connections as in DIN 6914.
*) Values shown in italics are not standardised. They have been taken from the booklet on "Stahlbau-Profile" (steel structural
sections), 23rd edition, by Verlag Stahleisen GmbH.
)
** Here the use of standardised screws for high-tensile connections as in DIN 6914 is not possible.
Other sections:
-
Narrow I-beams as in DIN 1025-1

Wide I-beams with parallel flanges, series IPBI (HE-A) as in DIN 1025-3
Wide I-beams with parallel flanges, series IPBv (HE-M) as in DIN 1025-4
Round-edged zeds as in DIN 1027
Round-edged T-sections as in DIN EN 10055
Crane rails as in DIN 536-1
Square and rectangular tubing as in DIN 10210-2
Square and rectangular tubing as in DIN 10219-2
January 2002
Standard pipe and tube dimensions

from the pipe/tube classes of SN 901
SN 553
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Steel pipes/tubes for systems with a nominal pressure PN of 16 bar

Pipe outside dia.
Wall thickness
Pipe inside dia.
mm
mm
10
12
Standard, current
mat. designat.,
material number,
(former mat. design.)
Weight
mm
Sectional area
of flow
cm
1,5
2
7
8
0,39
0,50
0,314
0,493
16
18
20
22
2
2
2,5
2
12
14
15
18
1,13
1,54
1,77
2,55
0,691
0,789
1,08
0,986
25
28
30
35
3
2
4
2,5
19
24
22
30
2,84
4,52
3,80
7,07
1,63
1,28
2,57
2,00
38
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
3
2,6
2,6
2,9
2,9
3,2
3,6
4
4,5
32
37,2
43,1
54,5
70,3
82,5
107,1
131,7
159,3
8,04
10,87
14,59
23,33
38,82
53,46
90,09
136,23
199,31
2,59
2,55
2,93
4,11
5,24
6,76
9,83
13,4
18,2
219,1
4,5
210,1
346,69
23,8
DIN 2458
273
263
543,25
33,0
St 37.0
323,9
5,6
312,7
767,97
44,0
1.0254
kg / m
Technical terms
of delivery
DIN 2391
St 37.4 NBK
(NBK = normalised
bright-annealed
cold-drawn)
DIN 2391-2
1.0255
DIN 2448
St 37.0
DIN 1629
1.0254
DIN 1626
Stainless steel pipes/tubes for systems with a nominal pressure PN of 16 bar

10
1,5
0,39
0,314
12
16
2,5
0,50
0,493
11
0,95
0,832
18
14
1,54
0,789
20
14
1,54
1,26
22
18
2,55
0,990
25
17
2,27
2,07
28
24
4,52
1,28
30
20
3,14
3,08
35
2,5
30
7,07
2,00
38
32
8,04
2,59
42,4
2,6
37,2
10,87
2,55
48,3
2,6
43,1
14,59
2,93
60,3
2,9
54,5
23,33
4,11
76,1
2,9
70,3
38,82
5,24
88,9
3,2
82,5
53,46
6,76
114,3
3,6
107,1
90,09
9,83
139,7
2,6
134,5
142,08
168,3
162,3
206,88
12,2
219,1
213,1
356,66
16,0
273
267
559,90
20,0
323,9
4
315,9
783,77
8,79
31,6
DIN EN ISO 1127

seamless
(previous DIN 2462)
1.4571 h *
Tolerance D4/T3
DIN 17458
DIN EN ISO 1127

seamless
(previous DIN 2462)
1.4571 h *
Tolerance D3/T3
DIN EN ISO 1127
welded
(previous DIN 2463)
1.4571 d1 *
Tolerance D2/T2
DIN 17457
Page 2
SN 553 : 2002-01
Steel pipes/tubes for hydraulic systems with a nominal pressure PN of 250 bar
Pipe outside dia.
Wall thickness
Pipe inside dia.
Weight
mm
Sectional area
of flow
cm
mm
mm
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
1,5
2
2
2,5
3
4
5
6,3
8
10
11
14,2
7
8
12
15
19
22
28
35,7
44,3
56,1
66,9
85,9
0,39
0,50
1,13
1,77
2,84
3,80
6,16
10,01
15,41
24,72
35,15
57,95
0,314
0,493
0,691
1,08
1,63
2,57
4,07
6,53
10,3
16,3
21,1
35,0
kg / m
Standard, current
mat. designat.,
material number,
Technical terms
of delivery
DIN 2391
St 37.4 NBK
(normalised brightannealed colddrawn)
DIN 2391-2
1.0255
DIN 2448
St 52.4
DIN 1630
1.0581
Stainless steel pipes/tubes for hydraulic systems with a nominal pressure PN of 250 bar
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
1,5
2
2,5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12,5
14,2
20
7
8
11
14
17
20
26
32,3
40,3
51,1
60,5
74,3
0,39
0,50
0,95
1,54
2,27
3,14
5,31
8,19
12,76
20,51
28,75
43,36
0,314
0,493
0,832
1,26
2,07
3,08
4,74
7,95
12,4
19,6
26,2
46,5
DIN EN ISO 1127

(previous DIN 2462)
1.4571 h *
Tolerance D4/T3
DIN 17458
DIN EN ISO 1127

(previous DIN 2462)
1.4571 h *
Tolerance D2/T2
Steel pipes/tubes for hydraulic systems with a nominal pressure PN of 315 bar
Weight
Pipe outside dia.
Wall thickness
Pipe inside dia.
mm
mm
mm
cm
kg / m
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
1,5
2
2,5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12,5
14,2
20
7
8
11
14
17
20
26
32,3
40,3
51,1
60,5
74,3
0,39
0,50
0,95
1,54
2,27
3,14
5,31
8,19
12,76
20,51
28,75
43,36
0,314
0,493
0,832
1,26
2,07
3,08
4,74
7,95
12,4
19,6
26,2
46,5
Sectional area
of flow
Standard, current
mat. designat.,
material number,
Technical terms
of delivery
DIN 2391
St 37.4 NBK
(normalised brightannealed colddrawn)
DIN 2391-2
1.0255
DIN 2448
St 52.4
DIN 1630
1.0581
Stainless steel pipes/tubes for hydraulic systems with a nominal pressure PN of 315 bar
10
12
16
20
1,5
2
2,5
3
7
8
11
14
0,39
0,50
0,95
1,54
0,314
0,493
0,832
1,26
25
30
38
48,3
4
5
6
8
17
20
26
32,3
2,27
3,14
5,31
8,19
2,07
3,08
4,74
7,95
60,3
10
40,3
12,76
76,1
12,5
51,1
20,51
88,9
14,2
60,5
28,75
114,3
20
74,3
43,36
12,4
19,6
26,2
46,5
DIN EN ISO 1127

seamless
(previous DIN 2462)
1.4571 h *
Tolerance D4/T3
DIN EN ISO 1127
seamless
(previous DIN 2462)
1.4571 h *
Tolerance D2/T2
DIN 17458
January 2002
Pipe couplings
SN 456
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Selection of couplings, adapted to pipe dimensions of the pipe classes as in SN 901
Straight male stud
Reducing male stud
Rotary couplings
couplings with U-rings
couplings with U-rings
GUV
GUR
SKV
SN 751
SN 877
Welding cone
couplings
(AVIT)
PN 1)
Throttle-free adjustable
rotary couplings
SV
SN 879
Thread
of the
union nut
d4
d2
bar
G 1/4A
10x1,5
M18 x 1,5
315
G 3/8A
12x2
M20 x 1,5
16x2
250
G 1/2A
M24 x 1,5
16x2,5
315
20x2,5
250
G 3/4A
M30 x 2
20x3
315
25x3
250
G1 A
M36 x 2
25x4
315
30x4
250
G1 1/4A
M42 x 2
30x5
315
38x3
16
38x5 G1 1/2A 250 M52 x 2
38x6
315
d1
SN 751 GUV...
10 x 1,5 G 1/4A
10 x 1,5 G 3/8A
12 x 2 G 3/8A
16 x 2 G 1/2A
16 x 2,5 G 1/2A
20 x 2,5 G 3/4A
20 x 3 G 3/4A
25 x 3 G1 A
25 x 4 G1 A
30 x 4 G1 1/4A
30 x 5 G1 1/4A
38 x 3 G1 1/2A
38 x 5 G1 1/2A
38 x 6 G1 1/2A
Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)

Weight SN 751 GUR... d 3 Weight SN 877 SKV...
0,09
10 x 1,5 G 1/4A
0,11
10 x 1,5 G 3/8A
0,12 12 x 2 G 1/4A G 1/4A 0,11 12 x 2 G 3/8A
16 x 2 G 3/8A
16 x 2 G 1/2A
0,2
G 3/8A 0,17
16 x 2,5G 3/8A
16 x 2,5 G 1/2A
20 x 2,5G 1/2A
20 x 2,5 G 3/4A
0,32
G 1/2A 0,3
20 x 3 G 1/2A
20 x 3 G 3/4A
25 x 3 G 3/4A
25 x 3 G1 A
0,56
G 3/4A 0,54
25 x 4 G 3/4A
25 x 4 G1 A
30 x 4 G1 A
30 x 4 G1 1/4A
0,78
G1 A 0,72
30 x 5 G1 A
30 x 5 G1 1/4A
38 x 3 G1 1/4A
38 x 3 G1 1/2A
1,16 38 x 5 G1 1/4A G1 1/4A 1,1 38 x 5 G1 1/2A
38 x 6 G1 1/4A
38 x 6 G1 1/2A
Straight weld-on couplings
Straight couplings
GAV
GV
Weight
0,18
0,26
0,27
0,57
0,82
1,18
1,94
3,45
SN 879 SV... Weight

10 x 1,5 G 1/4A 0,16
10 x 1,5 G 3/8A 0,2
12 x 2
0,35
16 x 2
0,4
16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
0,9
20 x 3
25 x 3
1,1
25 x 4
30 x 4
1,7
30 x 5
38 x 3
38 x 5
1,95
38 x 6
Equal T couplings
Elbow couplings
TV
WV
SN 752
Welding cone couplings
(AVIT)
PN 1)
d1
10 x 1,5
12 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
20 x 3
25 x 3
25 x 4
30 x 4
30 x 5
38 x 3
38 x 5
38 x 6
bar
315
250
315
250
315
250
315
250
315
16
250
315
Thread
of the
union nut
d4
M 18 x 1,5
M 20 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 52 x 2
SN 752 GAV...
10 x 1,5
12 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
20 x 3
25 x 3
25 x 4
30 x 4
30 x 5
38 x 3
38 x 5
38 x 6
Weight
0,08
0,12
0,18
0,3
0,52
0,66
1,1

SN 752 GV...
Weight SN 752 TV...
Weight SN 752 WV...
10 x 1,5
0,14
10 x 1,5
0,22
10 x 1,5
12 x 2
0,17
12 x 2
0,28
12 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2
0,29
0,49
16 x 2,5
16 x 2,5
16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
0,47
0,74
20 x 3
20 x 3
20 x 3
25 x 3
25 x 3
25 x 3
0,83
1,49
25 x 4
25 x 4
25 x 4
30 x 4
30 x 4
30 x 4
1,2
1,72
30 x 5
30 x 5
30 x 5
38 x 3
38 x 3
38 x 3
38 x 5
1,67
38 x 5
2,7
38 x 5
38 x 6
38 x 6
38 x 6
Weight
0,15
0,19
0,33
0,51
0,9
1,22
1,88
Page 2
SN 456: 2002-01
Straight bulkhead
couplings
GSV
Angular bulkhead
couplings
WSV
Pressure test
and vent couplings
DEV
Pressure-gauge
couplings
MAV
SN 732
SN 753

(AVIT)
PN 1)
d1
10 x 1,5
12 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
20 x 3
25 x 3
25 x 4
30 x 4
30 x 5
38 x 3
38 x 5
38 x 6
bar
315
250
315
250
315
250
315
250
315
16
250
315
Thread
of the
union nut
d4
M18 x 1,5
M20 x 1,5
M24 x 1,5
M30 x 2
M36 x 2
M42 x 2
M52 x 2

SN 732 GSV... Weight SN 732 WSV... Weight SN 753 DEV... Weight SN 753 MAV-S.. d 3 Wght.
10 x 1,5
0,2
10 x 1,5
0,21
10 x 1,5
0,25 10 x 1,5 G 1/2A
0,14
G 1/2A
12 x 2
0,27
12 x 2
0,28
12 x 2
0,28 12 x 2 G 1/2A
0,15
16 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2
0,4
0,44
0,38
16 x 2,5
16 x 2,5
16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
0,64
0,51
0,62
20 x 3
20 x 3
20 x 3
25 x 3
25 x 3
25 x 3
1,05
0,9
0,89
25 x 4
25 x 4
25 x 4
30 x 4
30 x 4
30 x 4
1,33
1,22
1,11
30 x 5
30 x 5
30 x 5
38 x 3
38 x 3
38 x 3
2,15
1,88
1,73
38 x 5
38 x 5
38 x 5
38 x 6
38 x 6
38 x 6
-
Welding cone
AK
SN 807
SN 807 AK ...
10 x 1,5
12 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5
20 x 3
25 x 3
d1
10
12
16
20
25
Reducing
welding cones
ARK
SN 807

Pertaining
O-rings
Pertaining continued
d 2 Wght. SN 430- ...
pipes
SN 807 AK ... d 1
7 0,02
7,5 x 1,5
10 x 1,5
25 x 4
25
8 0,02
9 x 1,5
12 x 2
30 x 4
30
12 0,03
16 x 2
30 x 5
12 x 2
11 0,04
16 x 2,5
38 x 3
38
15 0,06
20 x 2,5
38 x 5
16,3 x 2,4
14 0,06
20 x 3
38 x 6
19 0,09 20,3 x 2,4
25 x 3
-
Pertaining
O-rings
Pertaining
d 2 Wght. SN 430- ...
pipes
17 0,11
20,3 x 2,4
25 x 4
22 0,14
30 x 4
25,3 x 2,4
20 0,17
30 x 5
32 0,22
38 x 4
33,3 x 2,4
28 0,25
38 x 5
26 0,28
38 x 6
-
SN 807 ARK ...

12/10 x 1,5
16/10 x 1,5
16/12 x 2
20/10 x 1,5
20/12 x 2
20/16 x 2
20/16 x 2,5
25/10 x 1,5
25/12 x 2
25/16 x 2
25/16 x 2,5
25/20 x 2,5
25/20 x 3
30/10 x 1,5
30/12 x 2
30/16 x 2
d1
10
12
10
12
16
10
12
16
20
10
12
16
Pertaining
O-rings
d 2 Wght. SN 430- ...
0,02
9 x 1,5
7
0,03
12 x 2
8 0,04
7
8 0,07
16,3 x 2,4
12
11 0,08
7 0,13
8 0,15
12
20,3 x 2,4
11 0,11
15
14 0,12
7
0,22
8
25,3 x 2,4
12 0,17
Pertaining continued
pipes
SN 807 ARK ...
30/16 x 2,5
10 x 1,5
30/20 x 2,5
12 x 2
30/20 x 3
10 x 1,5
30/25 x 3
12 x 2
30/25 x 4
16 x 2
38/10 x 1,5
16 x 2,5
38/12 x 2
10 x 1,5
38/16 x 2
12 x 2
38/16 x 2,5
16 x 2
38/20 x 2,5
16 x 2,5
38/20 x 3
20 x 2,5
38/25 x 3
20 x 3
38/25 x 4
10 x 1,5
38/30 x 4
12 x 2
38/30 x 5
16 x 2
-
d1 d2
16 11
15
20
14
19
25
17
10 7
12 8
12
16
11
15
20
14
19
25
17
22
30
20
-
Pertaining
O-rings
Pertaining
Wght. SN 430 ...
pipes
16 x 2,5
0,17
20 x 2,5
25,3 x 2,4 20 x 3
25 x 3
0,16
25 x 4
10 x 1,5
0,32
12 x 2
16 x 2
16 x 2,5
0,28
20 x 2,5
33,4 x 2,4
20 x 3
25 x 3
0,27
25 x 4
30 x 4
0,26
30 x 5
-
Page 3
SN 456 : 2002-01
Straight male stud coupling
with profile packing
GE-R-ED
SN 883
Tapered pipe reducer

with sealing cone
RED
SN 882
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
PN 1)
Thread of the
union nut
d1
6
8
bar
d4
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
10
630
M 18 x 1,5
12
M 20 x 1,5
16
M 24 x 1,5
20
M 30 x 2
400
25
M 36 x 2
30
M 42 x 2
38
6
8
10
12
315
315
M 52 x 2
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5 1)
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
18
M 26 x 1,5
22
M 30 x 2
28
M 36 x 2
160
35
M 45 x 2
42
M 52 x 2
1)

SN 883 GE ...
6 SR ED
8 SR ED
10 SR ED
10 S/R 1/4 ED
12 SR ED
12 S/R 1/4 ED
16 SR ED
16 S/R 3/8 ED
20 SR ED
20 S/R 1/2 ED
25 SR ED
25 S/R 3/4 ED
30 SR ED
30 S/R1 ED
38 SR ED
38 S/R1 1/4 ED
6 LR ED
8 LR ED
10 LR ED
12 LR ED
12 L/R 1/4 ED
18 LR ED
18 L/R 3/8 ED
22 LR ED
22 L/R 1/2 ED
28 LR ED
28 L/R 3/4 ED
35 LR ED
35 L/R1 ED
42 LR ED
42 L/R1 1/4 ED
-
d2
G 1/4A
G 1/4A
G 3/8A
G 1/4A
G 3/8A
G 1/4A
G 1/2A
G 3/8A
G 3/4A
G 1/2A
G1 A
G 3/4A
G1 1/4A
G1 A
G1 1/2A
G1 1/4A
G 1/8A
G 1/4A
G 1/4A
G 3/8A
G 1/4A
G 1/2A
G 3/8A
G 3/4A
G 1/2A
G1 A
G 3/4A
G1 1/4A
G1 A
G1 1/2A
G1 1/4A
-
Weight
0,053
0,062
0,087
0,073
0,099
0,093
0,161
0,152
0,259
0,25
0,485
0,461
0,659
0,6
0,904
0,89
0,024
0,043
0,047
0,068
0,058
0,135
0,13
0,188
0,179
0,27
0,268
0,426
0,405
0,582
0,57
-
SN 882 RED ...

10/ 8 S
12/ 8 S
12/10 S
16/ 8 S
16/10 S
16/12 S
20/10 S
20/12 S
20/16 S
25/10 S
25/12 S
25/16 S
25/20 S
30/12 S
30/16 S
30/20 S
30/25 S
38/16 S
38/20 S
38/25 S
38/30 S
12/10 L
18/10 L
18/12 L
22/10 L
22/12 L
22/18 L
28/10 L
28/12 L
28/18 L
28/22 L
35/18 L
35/22 L
35/28 L
42/22 L
42/28 L
42/35 L
d2
8
10
8
10
12
10
12
16
10
12
16
20
12
16
20
25
16
20
25
30
10
12
12
10
12
18
10
12
18
22
18
22
28
22
28
35
O-ring
Weight SN 430 -...
0,078 7,5 x 1,5
0,093
9 x 1,5
0,107
0,148
0,155
0,206
0,213
0,259
0,332
0,334
0,373
0,436
0,443
0,487
0,536
0,673
0,77
0,812
0,85
0,878
0,07
0,128
0,172
0,178
0,186
0,244
0,299
0,308
0,383
12 x 2
16,3 x 2,4
20,3 x 2,4
25,3 x 2,4
33,3 x 2,4
9 x 1,5
15 x 1,5
20 x 2
26 x 2
0,391
0,416 32 x 2,5
0,426
0,665
0,68 38 x 2,5
0,695
correction of the dimension
Page 4
SN 456 : 2002-01
Straight bulkhead
couplings
SV
Angular bulkhead
couplings
WSV
SN 517
Weld-in bulkhead
couplings
ESV
Weld-on pipe
couplings
AS
SN 789
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
PN 1)
d1
6
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
6
8
10
12
18
22
28
35
42
bar
630
400
315
315
160
Thread
of the
union nut
d4
SN 517 SV ...
M 14 x 1,5
6S
M 16 x 1,5
8S
M 18 x 1,5
10 S
M 20 x 1,5
12 S
M 24 x 1,5
16 S
M 30 x 2
20 S
M 36 x 2
25 S
M 42 x 2
30 S
M 52 x 2
38 S
M 12 x 1,5
6L
M 14 x 1,5
8L
M 16 x 1,5
10 L
M 18 x 1,5
12 L
M 26 x 1,5
18 L
M 30 x 2
22 L
M 36 x 2
28 L
M 45 x 2
35 L
M 52 x 2
42 L
Weight SN 517 WSV ... Weight SN 517 ESV ...

0,103
6S
0,11
6S
0,132
8S
0,143
8S
0,179
10 S
0,196
10 S
0,216
12 S
0,233
12 S
0,343
16 S
0,391
16 S
0,569
20 S
0,612
20 S
0,922
25 S
1,048
25 S
1,106
30 S
1,364
30 S
1,805
38 S
2,059
38 S
0,061
6L
0,072
6L
0,084
8L
0,095
8L
0,109
10 L
0,12
10 L
0,136
12 L
0,153
12 L
0,334
18 L
0,374
18 L
0,43
22 L
0,49
22 L
0,566
28 L
0,679
28 L
0,858
35 L
1,041
30 L
1,236
42 L
1,511
42 L
Adjustable
T connecting sockets
ET
Adjustable 45 angular
connecting sockets
EV
SN 884
d8
20
22
25
28
35
38
45
50
60
18
20
22
25
32
36
40
50
60
Weight SN 789 AS ...

0,174
6S
0,208
8S
0,268
10 S
0,324
12 S
0,584
16 S
0,737
20 S
1,151
25 S
1,348
30 S
1,97
38 S
0,126
6L
0,156
8L
0,184
10 L
0,234
12 L
0,469
18 L
0,572
22 L
0,645
28 L
1,025
35 L
1,475
42 L
d2
11
13
15
17
21
26
31
36
44
10
12
14
16
22
27
32
40
46
Weight
0,039
0,053
0,073
0,092
0,151
0,241
0,438
0,538
0,789
0,022
0,031
0,042
0,054
0,13
0,184
0,265
0,386
0,56
Adjustable
angular connection sockets
EW
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
PN 1)
d1
6
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
6
8
10
12
18
22
28
35
42
bar
630
400
315
315
160
Thread
of the
union nut
d4
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
M 20 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 52 x 2
M 12 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
M 26 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 45 x 2
M 52 x 2
SN 884 ET ...
6S
8S
10 S
12 S
16 S
20 S
25 S
30 S
38 S
6L
8L
10 L
12 L
18 L
22 L
28 L
35 L
42 L
Weight
0,096
0,121
0,168
0,208
0,377
0,575
1,071
1,356
2,06
0,059
0,082
0,105
0,139
0,342
0,453
0,659
0,965
1,464

O-ring
O-ring
SN 430 - ... SN 884 EV ... Weight SN 430 - ... SN 884 EW ... Weight
4 x 1,5
6S
0,064
4 x 1,5
6S
0,064
6 x 1,5
8S
0,084
6 x 1,5
8S
0,084
7,5 x 1,5
10 S
0,115
7,5 x 1,5
10 S
0,115
9 x 1,5
12 S
0,142
9 x 1,5
12 S
0,142
12 x 2
16 S
0,26
12 x 2
16 S
0,26
16,3 x 2,4
20 S
0,406 16,3 x 2,4
20 S
0,406
20,3 x 2,4
25 S
0,747 20,3 x 2,4
25 S
0,747
25,3 x 2,4
30 S
0,957 25,3 x 2,4
30 S
0,957
33,3 x 2,4
38 S
1,429 33,3 x 2,4
38 S
1,429
4 x 1,5
6L
0,043
4 x 1,5
6L
0,043
6 x 1,5
8L
0,057
6 x 1,5
8L
0,057
7,5 x 1,5
10 L
0,073
7,5 x 1,5
10 L
0,073
9 x 1,5
12 L
0,1
9 x 1,5
12 L
0,1
15 x 2
18 L
0,241 15 x 2
18 L
0,241
20 x 2
22 L
0,33
20 x 2
22 L
0,33
26 x 2
28 L
0,493 26 x 2
28 L
0,493
32 x 2,5
35 L
0,69
32 x 2,5
35 L
0,69
38 x 2,5
42 L
1,081 38 x 2,5
42 L
1,081
Oring
SN 430 - ...
4 x 1,5
6 x 1,5
7,5 x 1,5
9 x 1,5
12 x 2
16,3 x 2,4
20,3 x 2,4
25,3 x 2,4
33,3 x 2,4
4 x 1,5
6 x 1,5
7,5 x 1,5
9 x 1,5
15 x 2
20 x 2
26 x 2
32 x 2,5
38 x 2,5
Page 5
SN 456 : 2002-01
Straight male studs
with sealing cones
EGE R ED
SN 878
Straight male stud couplings

with metric threads
GE M ED
Straight male stud couplings

with NPT threads
GE NPT
SN 788
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
PN 1)
d1
6
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
6
8
10
12
18
22
28
35
42
bar
630
400
315
315
160
Thread
of the
union nut
d4
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
M 20 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 52 x 2
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
M 26 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 45 x 2
M 52 x 2

SN 878 EGE ...
6 SR ED
8 SR ED
10 SR ED
12 SR ED
16 SR ED
20 SR ED
25 SR ED
30 SR ED
38 SR ED
6 LR ED
8 LR ED
10 LR ED
12 LR ED
18 LR ED
22 LR ED
28 LR ED
35 LR ED
42 LR ED
d2
G 1/4A
G 3/8A
G 1/2A
G 3/4A
G1 A
G1 1/4A
G1 1/2A
G 1/8A
G 1/4A
G 1/4A
G 3/8A
G 1/2A
G 3/4A
G1 A
G1 1/4A
G1 1/2A
Weight SN 788 GE ...
0,053
0,064
0,093
0,1
0,17
0,273
0,493
0,691
0,934
0,027
0,026
0,054
0,095
0,143
0,2
0,289
0,5
0,718
6 SM ED
8 SM ED
10 SM ED
12 SM ED
16 SM ED
20 SM ED
25 SM ED
30 SM ED
38 SM ED
6 LM ED
8 LM ED
10 LM ED
12 LM ED
18 LM ED
22 LM ED
28 LM ED
35 LM ED
42 LM ED
d2
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
M 22 x 1,5
M 27 x 2
M 33 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 48 x 2
M 10 x 1
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 22 x 1,5
M 26 x 1,5
M 33 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 48 x 2
Weight SN 788 GE ...
0,048
0,064
0,088
0,108
0,167
0,264
0,479
0,66
0,93
0,025
0,039
0,05
0,068
0,142
0,192
0,267
0,437
0,595
d2
6 S / 1/4 NPT
8 S / 1/4 NPT
10 S / 3/8 NPT
12 S / 3/8 NPT
16 S / 1/2 NPT
20 S / 3/4 NPT
25 S / 1
NPT
30 S / 1 1/4 NPT
38 S / 1 1/2 NPT
6 L / 1/8 NPT
8 L / 1/4 NPT
10 L / 1/4 NPT
12 L / 3/8 NPT
18 L / 1/2 NPT
22 L / 3/4 NPT
28 L / 1
NPT
35 L / 1 1/4 NPT
42 L / 1 1/2 NPT
Straight couplings
Angular pipe couplings
Equal T couplings
W
SN 832
1/4 18 NPT
3/8 18 NPT
1/2 14 NPT
3/4 14 NPT
1
11,5 NPT
1 1/4 11,5 NPT
1 1/2 11,5 NPT
1/8 27 NPT
1/4 18 NPT
1/4 18 NPT
3/8 18 NPT
1/2 14 NPT
3/4 14 NPT
1
11,5 NPT
1 1/4 11,5 NPT
1 1/2 11,5 NPT
Weight
0,056
0,061
0,082
0,1
0,168
0,263
0,493
0,635
0,932
0,024
0,042
0,047
0,065
0,147
0,197
0,376
0,456
0,616
Adjustable angular
male stud couplings
WH
SN 865
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
PN 1)
d1
6
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
6
8
10
12
18
22
28
35
42
1)
bar
630
400
315
315
160
Thread
of the
union nut
d4
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
M 20 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 52 x 2
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
M 26 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 45 x 2
M 52 x 2
SN 832 G...
6S
8S
10 S
12 S
16 S
20 S
25 S
30 S
38 S
6L
8L
10 L
12 L
18 L
22 L
28 L
35 L
42 L
correction of the dimension
Weight
0,064
0,081
0,111
0,135
0,231
0,371
0,681
0,805
1,267
0,035
0,051
0,065
0,086
0,202
0,269
0,333
0,523
0,775

PN 1)
SN 832 W... Weight SN 832 T...
Weight bar
6S
0,09
6S
0,124
8S
0,118
8S
0,131
400
10 S
0,164
10 S
0,185
12 S
0,212
12 S
0,223
16 S
0,28
16 S
0,404
315
20 S
0,422
20 S
0,6
25 S
0,788
25 S
1,112 250
30 S
1,021
30 S
1,399
160
38 S
1,59
38 S
2,168
6L
0,052
6L
0,072
8L
0,077
8L
0,104
10 L
0,1
10 L
0,105 315
12 L
0,136
12 L
0,14
18 L
0,249
18 L
0,356
22 L
0,33
22 L
0,462
28 L
0,454
28 L
0,61
160
30 L
0,71
35 L
0,953
42 L
1,088
42 L
1,41
SN 865 WH...
d2
Weight
6 SR KDS
0,127
G 1/4 A
8 SR KDS
0,13
10 SR KDS
0,221
G 3/8 A
12 SR KDS
0,228
16 SR KDS G 1/2 A
0,389
20 SR KDS G 3/4 A
0,701
25 SR KDS G1
A
1,288
30 SR KDS G1 1/4 A
1,797
38 SR KDS G1 1/2 A
2,656
6 LR KDS G 1/8 A
0,064
8 LR KDS
0,118
G 1/4 A
10 LR KDS
0,124
12 LR KDS G 3/8 A1) 0,21
18 LR KDS G 1/2 A
0,387
22 LR KDS G 3/4 A
0,666
28 LR KDS G1
A
1,133
35 LR KDS G1 1/4 A
1,656
42 LR KDS G1 1/2 A
2,434
Page 6
SN 456 : 2002-01
Socket-type pipe reducers for high and low-pressure lines
RI
SN 455
SN 591
Screwed plug > female thread

PN
bar
630
400
315
Screwed plug < female thread
d1
G 1/4A
d2
G 1/8A
G 3/8A
G 1/4A
G 1/2A
G 3/8A
G 1/4A
G 3/4A G 3/8A
G 1/2A
G 3/8A
G 1/2A
G 3/4A
G 1/2A
G1 1/4A G 3/4A
G1 A
G 1/2A
G 3/4A
G1 1/2A
G1 A
G1 1/4A
G2 A G1 1/2A
G1

PN
d1
Weight bar SN 591 RI ...
0,038
1/8 ED x 1/4
G 1/8A
0,039
1/8 ED x 3/8
0,068
1/4 ED x 3/8
630
0,056
1/4 ED x 1/2 G 1/4A
0,091
1/4 ED x 3/4
0,103
3/8 ED x 1/2
G 3/8A
0,087
3/8 ED x 3/4
0,143
1/2 ED x 3/4
0,195
1/2 ED x 1
G 1/2A
400
0,179
1/2 ED x 1 1/4
0,157
3/4 ED x 1
0,268
3/4 ED x 1 1/4 G 3/4A
0,308 315
3/4 ED x 1 1/2
0,266 400 1
ED x 1 1/4
G1 A
0,458
1
ED x 1 1/2
315
0,47
1 1/4 ED x 1 1/2 G1 1/4A
0,402 0,337 0,542 0,99
-
Double nipples
Cutting rings
DU
SN 718
B
DIN 3861
d2
Weight
G 1/4A 0,039
0,063
G 3/8A
0,067
G 1/2A 0,116
G 3/4A 0,17
G 1/2A 0,125
0,183
G 3/4A
0,182
G1 A 0,221
G1 1/4A 0,482
G1 A 0,235
G1 1/4A 0,481
G1 1/2A 0,56
G1 1/4A 0,503
0,585
G1 1/2A
0,616
-
PN
bar SN 811-VK...
6
8
630
10
12
16
20
400
25
30
315
38
315
18
22
28
160
35
42
-
d
6
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
18
22
28
35
42
-
l Weight
0,008
25
0,012
18 0,014
19 0,02
20 0,034
22 0,061
24 0,1
26 0,153
28 0,256
21 0,047
23 0,075
25 0,13
27 0,216
29 0,33
-
Straight intermediate socket

with sealing cone
GZ
SN 880
250
SN 455 RI ...
1/4 ED x 1/8
3/8 ED x 1/8
3/8 ED x 1/4
1/2 ED x 1/4
1/2 ED x 3/8
3/4 ED x 1/4
3/4 ED x 3/8
3/4 ED x 1/2
1
ED x 1/2
1
ED x 3/8
1
ED x 1/2
1
ED x 3/4
1 1/4 ED x 1/2
1 1/4 ED x 3/4
1 1/4 ED x 1
1 1/2 ED x 1/2
1 1/2 ED x 3/4
1 1/2 ED x 1
1 1/2 ED x 1 1/4
2
ED x 1 1/2
Plug cones
VK
SN 811

PN
bar
SN 718 DU ...
G 1/4 A
G 3/8 A
G 1/2 A
400
G 3/4 A
G1
A
G 1 1/4 A
G 1 1/2 A
-
12
40
14
16
18
20
22
-
50
55
60
65
70
-
PN
SW Weight bar DIN 3861B...
19 0,055
S 6
22 0,076
S 8
630
27 0,145
S 10
32 0,255
S 12
41 0,4
S 16
50 0,52
400
S 20
55 0,765
S 25
S 30
250
S 38
L 18
160
L 22
L 28
100
L 35
L 42
PN
d Weight bar SN 880GZ ...
6
10 S
0,002 630
8
12 S
10
16 S
0,003
12
20 S
400
16
0,006
25 S
20
0,011
30 S
25
0,013 315
38 S
30
0,018
10 L
38,3 0,022 315
12 L
18
0,006
18 L
22
0,007
22 L
28
0,009
28 L
160
35,3 0,019
35 L
42,3 0,022
42 L
d1
10
12
16
20
25
30
38
10
12
18
22
28
35
42
Thread of
the union nut
d4
M 18 x 1,5
M 20 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 52 x 2
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
M 26 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 45 x 2
M 52 x 2
L1
35
38
42
48
53
62
67
34
38
44
48
52
57
L 2 Weight
33 0,074
36 0,095
39 0,172
44 0,261
46 0,477
0,605
52
0,826
0,053
33
0,071
36 0,165
42 0,243
46 0,319
48 0,449
52 0,737
Page 7
SN 456: 2002-01
Double nipples
for low pressure (PN 40 bar)
Sockets
DIN 2990
DIN 2986
Pipe couplings type K

K
DIN 2993

DIN 2990 ...
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
l
24
28
34
40
46
52
54
62
70
78
SW Weight
14 0,02
19 0,04
22 0,06
30 0,09
36 0,16
46 0,27
50 0,36
65 0,45
80 0,85
90 1,22
DIN 2986 ...

1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
d
18,5
21,3
26,4
31,8
39,5
48,3
54,5
66,3
82
95
l Weight DIN 2993 K ...

25 0,03
1/4
26 0,04
3/8
34 0,07
1/2
36 0,12
3/4
43 0,17
1
0,25
1 1/4
48
0,34
1 1/2
56 0,46
2
65 0,78
2 1/2
71 1,13
3
l
St
40
46
54
60
66
72
81
91
102
107
l
1.4571
38
41
46
50
56
62
64
69
75
83
m
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
27
30
31
SW Weight
27
0,08
32
0,11
41
0,23
50
0,36
55
0,60
70
0,80
75
1,10
90
1,35
110 2,10
130 3,25
Shut-off valve
V
SN 555
with valve open
Weld-on pipe couplings with sealing cones

K
SN 862
d
17,5
21,5
27
33,5
40,5
50
57
70
86
100
SW

SN 862 K ...
17,2 x 2
21,3 x 2
26,9 x 2,3
33,7 x 2,6
42,4 x 2,6
48,3 x 2,6
60,3 x 2,9
76,1 x 2,9
88,9 x 3,2
1)
d1
17,2 x 2
21,3 x 2
26,9 x 2,3
33,7 x 2,6
42,4 x 2,6
48,3 x 2,6
60,3 x 2,9
76,1 x 2,9
88,9 x 3,2
l
40
48
55
62
68
75
80
90
100
SW
27
32
41
50
60
70
85
100
120
Weight
0,075
0,106
0,185
0,315
0,42
0,75
0,91
1,4
2,32
SN 555 V ...
6
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
-
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
d
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
-
PN refers to the permissible nominal pressure of the complete coupling.
h
55
l
50
65
65
75
95
115
130
145
-
75
90
110
120
150
-
Hexagon
18
21
27
32
41
-
SW
Octagon
50
55
70
-
Weight
0,12
0,2
0,24
0,36
0,65
1,04
1,38
2,32
-
January 2002
Flanges
Welding fittings
SN 836
Selection
Dimensions in mm
LB
Flange connection, type A
PN
Flange-type coupling, type B
Pipe connection
Outside Inside
max.
max.
max.
Inside dia
Outside dia
Ouside dia
Inside dia
SAE flanges with welding collars as in SN 532

LA
A
LA
3000 PSI (PN according to pipe dimension)

Screw
Nut
ISO 4762 - ... - 8.8
ISO 4032
LB
M
Type A
Type B
8
20
14
17,5
38,1
30
60
24,3 M 8x25
M 8x40
30
20
22,3
47,6
35
70
32,2
M 10x40
250
M 8
O-ring
SN 430
NBR
18,64x3,53
24,99x3,53
M 10x30
38
28
26,2
52,4
40
80
38,5
M 10
32,92x3,53
M 10x45
42,4
33
30,2
58,7
45
90
48,3
42
35,7
69,9
50 100
43,7 M 10x35
37,69x3,53
50,8
200
47,22x3,53
M 12x35
M 12x50
60,3
52
42,9
77,8
60 120
62,8
160
76,1
65
50,8
88,9
70 140
74,9 M 12x40
M 12x60
69,44x3,53
100
88,9
81
61,9 106,4
80 160
90,9 M 16x45
M 16x70
85,32x3,53
114,3
106
77,8 130,2
80 160 115,0
25
M 16
M 16x50
139,7
PN
M 12
132
92,1 152,4
Pipe connection
Outside Inside
max.
max.
max.
LA
56,74x3,53
110,72x3,53
M 16x80
80 160 140,5
136,12x3,53
6000 PSI (PN according to pipe dimension)

Screw
Nut
ISO 4762 - ... - 8.8
ISO 4032
LB
M
Type A
Type B
8
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
O-Ring
SN 430
1/2-3/ 20,0 x 2,5

1/2-3/ 20,0 x 2,5
3/4-3/ 25,0 x 3,0
3/4-3/ 25,0 x 3,0
1 -3/ 30,0 x 4,0
1 -3/ 30,0 x 4,0
1 1/4-3/ 38,0 x 3,0
1 1/4-3/ 38,0 x 3,0
1 1/2-3/ 48,3 x 2,6
1 1/2-3/ 48,3 x 2,6
2 -3/ 60,3 x 2,9
2 -3/ 60,3 x 2,9
2 1/2-3/ 76,1 x 2,9
2 1/2-3/ 76,1 x 2,9
3 -3/ 88,9 x 3,2
3 -3/ 88,9 x 3,2
4 -3/ 114,3 x 3,6
4 -3/ 114,3 x 3,6
5 -3/ 139,7 x 4,0
5 -3/ 139,7 x 4,0
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
Ordering example 1)
NBR
20
14
18,2
40,5 40
80
24,6 M 8x 30 M 8x 45
M 8
18,64x3,53
30
20
23,8
50,8 45
90
32,5 M 10x 35 M 10x 50
M 10
24,99x3,53
38
28
27,8
57,2 50
100
38,8 M 12x 40 M 12x 65
M 12
32,92x3,53
42,4
33
31,8
66,7 55
110
44,5 M 14x 45 M 14x 70
M 14
37,69x3,53
48,3
42
36,5
79,4 60
120
51,6 M 16x 50 M 16x 80
M 16
47,22x3,53
60,3
52
44,5
96,8 70
140
67,6 M 20x 60 M 20x100
M 20
56,74x3,53
88,9
65
58,7 123,8 75
150
89,5 M 24x 80 M 24x120
M 24
85,32x3,53
114,3
81
71,4 152,4 80
160 114,5 M 30x100 M 30x140
M 30
110,72x3,53
400
320
1)
Ordering example 1)
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
1/2-6/ 20,0 x 3,0

1/2-6/ 20,0 x 3,0
3/4-6/ 25,0 x 4,0
3/4-6/ 25,0 x 4,0
1 -6/ 30,0 x 5,0
1 -6/ 30,0 x 5,0
1 1/4-6/ 38,0 x 6,0
1 1/4-6/ 38,0 x 6,0
1 1/2-6/ 48,3 x 8,0
1 1/2-6/ 48,3 x 8,0
2 -6/ 60,3 x10,0
2 -6/ 60,3 x10,0
2 1/2-6/ 88,9 x14,2
2 1/2-6/ 88,9 x14,2
3 -6/ 114,3 x20,0
3 -6/ 114,3 x20,0
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
St
Other pipe sizes and materials can also be specified in accordance with the above standard taking into account
the pipe sizes and materials laid down in the pipe classes of SN 901.
Page 2
SN 836: 2002-01
Flanges for low-pressure pipelines up to PN 16 bar
Welding neck flange PN 16
DIN 2633
Blind flange PN 16
DIN 2527
DN
d1
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
219,1
DN
16
40
42
2,6
18
45
2,9
20
50
52
22
55
24
62
3,2
3,6
4,0
4,5
5,9
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
16
18
20
22
24
DIN 2633...
140
150
165
185
200
220
250
285
340
100
110
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
C 32 / 42,4 x 2,6 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)

C 40 / 48,3 x 2,6 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
C 50 / 60,3 x 2,9 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
C 65 / 76,1 x 2,9 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
C 80 / 88,9 x 3,2 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
C 100 / 114,3 x 3,6 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
C 125 / 139,7 x 4,0 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
C 150 / 168,3 x 4,5 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
C 200 / 219,1 x 5,9 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
DIN 2527...
140
150
165
185
200
220
250
285
340
100
110
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
B 32 PN 16
B 40 PN 16
B 50 PN 16
B 65 PN 16
B 80 PN 16
B 100 PN 16
B 125 PN 16
B 150 PN 16
B 200 PN 16
42,4 S235JR (St 37-2)

48,3 S235JR (St 37-2)
60,3 S235JR (St 37-2)
76,1 S235JR (St 37-2)
88,9 S235JR (St 37-2)
114,3 S235JR (St 37-2)
139,7 S235JR (St 37-2)
168,3 S235JR (St 37-2)
219,1 S235JR (St 37-2)
Weight
kg/unit
1,69
1,86
2,53
3,06
3,7
4,62
6,3
7,75
11
Weight
kg/unit
1,8
2,09
2,88
3,7
4,83
5,75
8,59
10,6
16,5
Pertaining screws/bolts, nuts and seals to be specified separately

Screw/bolts
Nut
ISO 4032
Seals
SN 922
8-galvanised
Material:
NBR/
Metal insert
for flange
DN
Quantity
connection
coupling
32
32 PN 40-4
M 16 x 40
40
50
65
M 16 x 60
M 16 x 45
80
100
8
50 PN 40-5
M 16
M 16 x 70
100 PN 16-6
M 16 x 50
M 20 x 50
M 20 x 80
12
M 20 x 55
8.8galvanised
flange
coupling
125 PN 16-6
ISO 4014
150
65 PN 40-5
80 PN 40-5
125
200
ISO 4017
8.8galvanised
ISO 4017
8.8galvanised
40 PN 40-4
flange
connection
M 20
150 PN 16-7
200 PN 16-7
Arrangement of the bolt holes acc. to DIN 2501
Every flange is provided with a number of bolt holes which is divisible by four. In the case of pipelines and fittings, the bolt
holes must be arranged symmetrically to the two main axes in such a way that they do not lie on these axes.
Page 3
SN 836: 2002-01
Butt welding fittings for low-pressure pipelines up to PN 16 bar
Welding elbow 2)
DIN 2605-1
T-piece
DIN 2615-1
Reducing tee
DIN 2615-1
Pipe reducer
DIN 2616-2
Type K
Cap
DIN 2617
DN
d1
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
219,1
DN
d1
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
219,1
DN
d1
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
219,1
DN
d1
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
219,1
DN
d1
s
2,6
2,9
3,2
3,6
4,0
4,5
4,5
DIN 2605-...
48
57
76
95
114
152
190
229
305
90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 -
s
2,6
2,9
3,2
3,6
4,0
4,5
4,5
s1
d2
3,2
3,6
4,0
4,5
4,5
33,7
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
s1
d2
2,6
2,9
3,2
3,6
4,0
4,5
4,5
33,7
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
2,6
2,9
32 42,4
2,6
40 48,3
50 60,3
2,9
65 76,1
80 88,9 3,2
100 114,3 3,6
125 139,7 4,0
150 168,3 4,5
200
38
51
64
76
89
s2
2,6
2,9
3,2
3,6
4,0
4,5
48
57
64
76
86
105
124
143
178
48
57
64
76
86
105
124
143
178
48 48
57 57
64 60
76 70
86 83
105 98
124 117
143 137
178 168
s2
2,6
50
64
76
2,9
90
3,2
3,6
4,0
4,5
100
127
140
152
333333333-
42,4 x 2,6 St 37.0

48,3 x 2,6 St 37.0
60,3 x 2,9 St 37.0
76,1 x 2,9 St 37.0
88,9 x 3,2 St 37.0
114,3 x 3,6 St 37.0
139,7 x 4,0 St 37.0
168,3 x 4,5 St 37.0
219,1 x 4,5 St 37.0
DIN 2615-...
42,4 x 2,6 St 37.0
48,3 x 2,6 St 37.0
60,3 x 2,9 St 37.0
76,1 x 2,9 St 37.0
88,9 x 3,2 St 37.0
114,3 x 3,6 St 37.0
139,7 x 4,0 St 37.0
168,3 x 4,5 St 37.0
219,1 x 4,5 St 37.0
DIN 2615-...
42,4 x 2,6 33,7 x 2,6 - St 37.0
48,3 x 2,6 42,4 x 2,6 - St 37.0
60,3 x 2,9 48,3 x 2,6 - St 37.0
76,1 x 2,9 60,3 x 2,9 - St 37.0
88,9 x 3,2 76,1 x 2,9 - St 37.0
114,3 x 3,6 88,9 x 3,2 - St 37.0
139,7 x 4,0 114,3 x 3,6 - St 37.0
168,3 x 4,5 139,7 x 4,0 - St 37.0
219,1 x 4,5 168,3 x 4,5 - St 37.0
DIN 2616-...
K 42,4 x 2,6 33,7 x 2,6 - St 37.0

K 48,3 x 2,6 42,4 x 2,6 - St 37.0
K 60,3 x 2,9 48,3 x 2,6 - St 37.0
K 76,1 x 2,9 60,3 x 2,9 - St 37.0
K 88,9 x 3,2 76,1 x 2,9 - St 37.0
K114,3 x 3,6 88,9 x 3,2 - St 37.0
K139,7 x 4,0 114,3 x 3,6 - St 37.0
K168,3 x 4,5 139,7 x 4,0 - St 37.0
K219,1 x 4,5 168,3 x 4,5 - St 37.0
DIN 2617-...
42,4 x 2,6 St 37.0

48,3 x 2,6 St 37.0
60,3 x 2,9 St 37.0
76,1 x 2,9 St 37.0
88,9 x 3,2 St 37.0
114,3 x 3,6 St 37.0
139,7 x 4,0 St 37.0
168,3 x 4,5 St 37.0
torospherical dished ends acc. to 28011
Weight
kg/unit
0,19
0,26
0,49
0,79
1,22
2,35
4,01
6,52
15,8
Weight
kg/unit
0,49
0,69
0,99
1,68
2,33
4
6,9
10,7
18,3
Weight
kg/unit
0,49
0,69
0,99
1,68
2,33
4
6,9
10,7
18,3
Weight
kg/unit
0,15
0,18
0,3
0,4
0,56
0,95
1,6
2,5
4,3
Weight
kg/unit
0,13
0,2
0,28
0,34
0,53
1
1,7
2,65
Other wall thicknesses and materials can also be specified in accordance with the above standards taking into
account the wall thicknesses and materials laid down in the pipe classes of SN 901.
2)
For cost-effective manufacture of pipelines, the bending of pipes has to be preferred to the welding-in of elbows,
see SN 740.
January 2002
Pipe fasteners
SN 837
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Pipe fasteners for low-pressure lines
Pipe clamps
DIN 1592
Spacers
SN 428
Pipe clamps
DIN 1593
Spacers
SN 428
Pipe
outside
dia.
Pertaining
screws
ISO 4017 - ... 8.8
M 6 x 12
Designation
SN 428 -...St
A 7
A 9
Weight
Weight
kg/unit
0,063
0,077
Designation
DIN 1593-...St
7
9
A 13
0,092
13
0,020
A 19
0,156
19
13 1)
0,014
19
0,040
23
0,094
A 23
0,302
26
0,105
A 26
0,312
28,5
0,108
31
M 10 x 16
M 12 x 20
kg/unit
0,011
0,018
Pertaining
screws
ISO 4017 - ... 8.8
Designation
SN 428 - ... St
B 7
B 9
Weight
kg/unit
0,098
0,107
B 13
0,117
0,025
B 19
0,138
23
0,057
B 23
0,223
26
0,061
B 26
0,229
M 6 x 12
M 10 x 16
A 28,5
0,326
28,5
0,066
0,119
A 31
0,34
31
0,069
B 31
36
0,176
A 36
0,606
36
0,166
B 36
0,473
39
43
49
61
-
0,185
0,208
0,378
0,456
-
A 39
A 43
A 49
A 61
-
0,637
0,707
0,825
0,903
-
39
43
49
61
77
91
115
142 2)
171 2)
0,174
0,187
0,200
0,333
0,405
0,764
0,930
2,260
2,620
B 39
B 43
B 49
B 61
B 77
B 91
B 115
B 142
B 171
0,492
0,529
0,539
1,071
1,304
1,476
1,696
5,077
5,642
M 16 x 25
-
Steel straps
DIN 3570
Pipe
Designation
DIN 3570 - ... outside
St-galvanised
25,0
A 30
26,9
30,0
A 38
33,7
38,0
A 46
42,4
48,3
A 52
60,3
A 64
76,1
A 82
88,9
A 94
114,3
A 120
139,7
A 148
168,3
A 176
219,1
A 228
M 12 x 20
M 16 x 25
M 20 x 35
M 20 x 40
B 28,5
0,247
Pipe clamps
SN 432
Weight
kg/unit
Pertaining nuts
ISO 4032 - ... 8
Pipe
outside
0,094
0,105
6
M 10
0,12
0,129
0,222
0,259
0,288
0,64
0,727
0,834
1,698
-
8
M 12
M 16
10
M 20
-
Designation
SN 432 - ... St
2x 6
3x 6
4x 6
5x 6
6x 6
2x 8
3x 8
4x 8
5x 8
6x 8
2 x 10
3 x 10
4 x 10
5 x 10
6 x 10
Weight
kg/unit
0,013
0,014
0,015
0,017
0,018
0,014
0,016
0,018
0,02
0,021
0,016
0,018
0,021
0,023
0,025
Pertaining screws
DIN 7513 - ... C15 galvanised
BE M 6 x 12
Continued on page 2
6
8
10
12
16
18
20
21,3
22
25
26,9
28
30
33,7
35
38
42,4
48,3
60,3
76,1
88,9
114,3
139,7
168,3
Designation Weight
DIN 1592 -...St
kg/unit
7
0,007
9
0,011
Page 2
SN 837: 2002-01
Pipe fasteners for high-pressure lines
Pipe holders
SN 734
Base clamps
Set-up clamps
Pipe
outside
diameter
Weight
kg/unit
PP / PA
10
AL
DPAL AS
SPAL 3012
3)
DPAL AS
SPAL 3016
3)
DPAL AS
SPAL 3017,2
3)
DPAL AS
18
SPAL 3018
3)
DPAL AS
20
SPAL 4020
3)
DPAL AS
SPAL 4021,3
3)
SPAL 4022
3)
SPAL 4025
3)
DPAL AS
26,9
SPAL 4026,9
3)
DPAL AS
28
SPAL 4028
3)
DPAL AS
30
SPAL 5030
3)
DPAL AS
SPAL 5033,7
3)
DPAL AS
SPAL 5035
3)
DPAL AS
SPAL 5038
3)
SPAL 6042
3)
DPAL AS
0,93
0,4
0,33
0,39
17,2
21,3
22
25
33,7
0,42
0,51
0,53
0,68
35
38
42,4
0,5
1,29
0,66
1,75
Designation
AL
3010
3)
SIP AF
3012
3)
SIP AF
3016
3)
SIP AF
3017,2
3)
SIP AF
3018
3)
SIP AF
4020
3)
SIP AF
4021,3
3)
SIP AF
4022
3)
SIP AF
4025
3)
SIP AF
4026,9
3)
SIP AF
4028
3)
SIP AF
5030
3)
SIP AF
5033,7
3)
SIP AF
5035
3)
SIP AF
5038
3)
SIP AF
6042
3)
SIP AF
1,55
6048,3
3)
SIP AF
0,2
0,13
0,19
0,2
0,31
DPAL AS
DPAL AS
DPAL AS
DPAL AS
0,19
0,3
0,18
0,24
0,23
0,45
0,21
0,95
SN 734 - ...
1,6
48,3
1,28
1,7
SPAL 6048,3
3)
60,3
1,26
1,68
SPAL 6060,3
3)
DPAL AS
0,88
1,4
6060,3
3)
SIP AF
76,1
2,55
3,43
SPAL 7076,1
3)
DPAL AS
1,95
3,2
7076,1
3)
SIP AF
88,9
2,35
3,26
SPAL 7088,9
3)
DPAL AS
1,85
7088,9
3)
SIP AF
114,3
5,87
8,34
SPAL 8114
3)
DPAL AS
4,75
8114
3)
SIP AF
139,7
8,75
SPAL 9140
3)
DPAL AS
7,5
12
9140
3)
SIP AF
SPAL 9168
3)
9168
3)
SIP AF
SPAL 10219
3)
10219
3)
SIP AF
168,3
219,1
3)
PP / PA
SPAL 3010
16
2)
SN 734 - ...
3)
12
1)
Weight
kg/unit
Designation
8,31
23,2
12,4
11,9
28,5
DPAL AS
DPAL AS
7
17
11
26,5
This pipe clamp has to be specified according to DIN 1596.

This pipe clamp has to be specified according to SN 589.
The material of the clamping element (PP, PA, AL) must be inserted in the supplier's designation.
High- and low-pressure

Selection
Dimensions in mm
High-pressure
Complete hoselines 5)
SN 756
with hose fittings for
from DN 6 to DN 32
Type A
Component parts for complete hoseline

according to SN 756
from DN 6 to DN 32
Hoses
SN 757
Solderless pipe couplings

from DN 6 to DN 8
Type B
Operating
pressure
bar
DN
dynamic
static
Nominal
size
400
600
HA 6 x l M 18 x 1,5
8
12
16
20
25
32
350
415
560
660
350
500
380
350
550
500
HA 8 x l
4 HA 12 x l
4 HA 16 x l
4 HA 20 x l
4SHA 25 x l
4SHA 32 x l
d4
M 20 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 52 x 2
Weight
kg / m
0,53
0,6
1,19
1,69
2,37
3,38
4,74
Nominal
size
HB 6 x l
HB 6 x l
HB 6 x l
HB 8 x l
-
d3
6
8
10
12
-
Weight
kg / m
0,45
0,45
0,47
0,54
-
Nominal
size
d1
H 6xl
6,4
H 8xl
4 H 12 x l
4 H 16 x l
4 H 20 x l
4SH 25 x l
4SH 32 x l
7,9
12,7
15,9
19
25,4
31,8
Smallest
bending Weight
radius
kg / m
d3
15
100
0,35
16,6
24,6
28,2
32,2
38,7
45,5
115
230
250
300
340
460
0,4
0,87
1,19
1,49
2,08
2,51
Complete hoseline with SAE flange connection

6000 PSI
from DN 12 to DN 32
SN 756
pertaining SAE flange SN 532
Type C
Type D
90
Type E
45
Operating
pressure
Flange
size
bar
DN
12
16
20
25
32
dynamic
415
static
660
350
500
380
350
550
500
6000 psi
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
Nominal size
4 HC 12
4 HC 16
4 HC 20
4SHC 25
4SHC 32
Weight
kg / m
1,29
1,77
2,31
3,08
4,14
Nominal size
4 HD 12
4 HD 16
4 HD 20
4SHD 25
4SHD 32
Weight
kg / m
1,29
1,77
2,31
3,08
4,14
Nominal size
4 HE 12
4 HE 16
4 HE 20
4SHE 25
4SHE 32
Weight
kg / m
1,29
1,77
2,31
3,08
4,14
Specification in the bill of materials:

Complete hoselines are specified in the bill of materials on AP (order item) level. This means that the hoseline
components (hose and fittings) are specified only by the operations scheduling department on AUP (order sub-item)
level.
Hoselines with fire protection (thermal protection) are specified as bought-out item numbers with indication of the
thermal stability.
1)
2)
3)
High-pressure hoselines of DN 6, 8, 12 and 16 are also used as low-pressure hoselines.

The length is specified as appropriate, however, with due regard to the standard lengths.
Connection to the compression ferrule couplings according to SN 456.
January 2002
Hoselines
SN 576
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Hoselines 1)
Components for complete
hoseline acc. to SN 756
Hose fitting SN 758 for ...
Couplings
from DN 6 to DN 32
Type A
Nom.
size
Connection socket
SN 759
Solderless couplings
from DN 6 to DN 8
Type B
Weight Nom.
kg / unit size d 3
B6
6
A 6 M 18 x 1,5
0,09 B 6
8
B 6 10
A 8 M 20 x 1,5
0,1
B 8 12
A 12 M 24 x 1,5
0,16
A 16 M 30 x 2
0,25
A 20 M 36 x 2
0,44
A 25 M 42 x 2
0,65
A 32 M 52 x 2
1,1
d4
Weight
kg / unit
0,05
0,05
0,06
0,07
-
AVIT weld-on sockets

from DN 6 to DN 32
Type GAV
AVIT male studs

from DN 6 to DN 32
Type GUV
Nominal size
SN 759 GUV ...
d2
d4
Weight
Nominal size
kg / unit SN 759 GAV ...
d1
d4
Weight
kg / unit
10 / G 3/8 A 1+ 5 G 3/8A M 18 x 1,5
0,05
10 x 1,5 1
10
M 18 x 1,5
0,04
12 / G 3/8 A 1+ 5
16 / G 1/2 A 1+ 5
20 / G 3/4 A 1+ 5
25 / G1
A 1+ 5
30 / G1 1/4 A 1+ 5
38 / G1 1/2 A 1+ 5
0,06
0,09
0,15
0,27
0,42
0,56
12 x 2 1
16 x 2,5 1
20 x 3 1
25 x 4 1
30 x 5 1
38 x 6 1
12
16
20
25
30
38
M 20 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 52 x 2
0,05
0,07
0,14
0,22
0,32
0,51
G 3/8A
G 1/2A
G 3/4A
G1 A
G1 1/4A
G1 1/2A
M 20 x 1,5
M 24 x 1,5
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
M 42 x 2
M 52 x 2
Hose fittings for SAE flange connections

6000 PSI
from DN 12 to DN 32
SN 758
Type C
Nominal size
C 12
C 16
C 20
C 25
C 32
Type D
90
Weight
kg / unit
0,21
0,29
0,41
0,5
0,8
Nominal size
D 12
D 16
D 20
D 25
D 32
l5
+4
50
58
70
94
Type E
45
Weight
kg / unit
0,21
0,29
0,41
0,5
0,8
Nominal size
E 12
E 16
E 20
E 25
E 32
l4
+4
25
26
32
44
Weight
kg / unit
0,21
0,29
0,41
0,5
0,8
4) Stainless-steel welding nipples which are put on the pipes and fastened by welding must have at least twice the length (2 x l3)
indicated in the table. Otherwise the welding stresses will deform the thread (to oval shape) and the hoseline cannot be screwed on.
5) These hoselines are interchangeable with the corresponding types of Aeroquip and Argus and therefore should be used
with preference.
Examples of application on page 5
Page 3
SN 576 : 2002-01
Low pressure
Complete hoselines
SN 544-1
Type A
for DN 20
with hoseline-end sleeve mountings
Hoses
SN 544-2
Type B
for DN 25 to DN 100
with hoseline-end clamping shell
mountings
Operating
pressure
DN
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
100
bar
16
Nominal size
NA 20
-
d3
G 3/4
-
Nominal size
NB 25
NB 32
NB 40
NB 50
NB 63
NB 75
NB100
Couplings
SN 545-1
Clamping rings
Type A
Operating
pressure
DN
32
40
50
63
75
bar
16
Nominal size
A 32
A 40
A 50
A 63
A 75
d3
G1
G 1 1/4
G 1 1/2
G2
G 2 1/2
G3
G4
Weight
kg / unit
0,84
0,88
0,9
2,1
2,3
d1
G 1 1/4 A
G 1 1/2 A
G2
A
G 2 1/2 A
G3
A
Nom.
size
N 20
N 25
N 32
N 40
N 50
N 63
N 75
N100
Smallest
bending
radius
70
80
90
110
130
160
180
250
d1 d2
19 31
25 37
32 44
40 54
50 64
63 79
75 90
100 116
Weight
kg / m
0,8
0,9
1,2
1,4
2,1
2,8
3,3
4,8
Cams
Type B
Nominal size
d2
Weight
kg / unit
B 50
G2
0,34
B 75
G3
0,85
Complete hoseline with SAE flange connection

3000 psi
from DN 25 to DN 100
SN 544-1
pertaining SAE flange SN 532
Type NE
Operating
pressure
Flange
size
DN
bar
3000 psi
25
1
32
1 1/4
40
1 1/2
16
50
2
63
2 1/2
75
3
100
4
Footnotes see pages 1 and 2
Nominal size
NE 25
NE 32
NE 40
NE 50
NE 63
NE 75
NE100
Type NF
90
Weight
kg / m
1,52
2,08
2,58
4,44
6,34
7,38
13,18
Nominal size
NF 25
NF 32
NF 40
NF 50
NF 63
NF 75
NF100
Type NG
45
Weight
kg / m
1,7
2,36
3,16
5,16
7,92
9,3
17,16
Nominal size
NG 25
NG 32
NG 40
NG 50
NG 63
NG 75
NG100
Weight
kg / m
1,58
2,16
2,7
4,68
6,84
8,1
14,8
Page 4
SN 576 : 2002-01
Hoselines
Hose fittings
SN 544-3
Type A
Types of connections for hoselines

SN 544-4
SN 545-2
Type C
for DN 20
with hoseline-end sleeve
mountings
Double nipples
Type C
for DN 20
sleeve mounting
for DN 25 to DN 75
clamping shell mounting
d3
Type B
for DN 25 to DN 100
with hoseline-end clamping shell
mountings
Welding nipples
Type D
Nominal
size
A 20
B 25
B 32
B 40
B 50
B 63
B 75
B100
Weight
kg / unit
0,16
0,19
0,28
0,5
0,75
1,35
1,47
3,37
d3
G 3/4
G1
G 1 1/4
G 1 1/2
G2
G 2 1/2
G3
G4
Nominal
size
C 20
C 25
C 32
C 40
C 50
C 63
C 75
-
Weight
kg / unit
0,2
0,23
0,55
0,6
0,7
1,53
1,42
-
d2
G1
G2
G3
-
Nominal
size
C 20
C 25
C 32
C 40
C 50
C 63
C 75
C100
Weight
kg / unit
0,05
0,1
0,2
0,21
0,4
0,75
0,8
-
d
G 3/4 A
G1
A
G 1 1/4 A
G 1 1/2 A
G2
A
G 2 1/2 A
G3
A
G4
A
Nominal
size
D 20
D 25
D 32
D 40
D 50
D 63
D 75
D100
l 3 4)
for St
30
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
d
G 3/4 A
G1
A
G 1 1/4 A
G 1 1/2 A
G2
A
G 2 1/2 A
G3
A
G4
A
Weight
kg / unit
0,06
0,1
0,14
0,15
0,31
0,36
0,46
0,65
Couplings
SN 545-3
Filler plugs
Type D
for clamping rings
Type E
for cams
Nominal size
Weight
kg / unit
Nominal size
Weight
kg / unit
D 50
0,31
E 50
0,45
D 75
0,77
E 75
1,2
Hose fittings for SAE flange connections

3000 psi
from DN 25 to DN 100
SN 544-3
Type E
Nominal size
E 25
E 32
E 40
E 50
E 63
E 75
E100
Type F
90
Weight
kg / unit
0,31
0,44
0,69
1,17
1,77
2,04
4,19
Nominal size
F 25
F 32
F 40
F 50
F 63
F 75
F100
l 5 +4
55
65
75
100
120
145
185
Type G
45
Weight
kg / unit
0,4
0,58
0,88
1,53
2,56
3
6,18
Nominal size
G 25
G 32
G 40
G 50
G 63
G 75
G100
l 4 +4
25
27
30
40
60
73
92
Weight
kg / unit
0,34
0,48
0,75
1,29
2,02
2,4
5
Page 5
SN 576: 2002-01
The illustrations are given only as a help for better understanding of the possible applications.
Examples of application: for high-pressure hoseline
Flange connection
SN 532 F
Coupling
SN 884 EW
Hoseline
SN 756 HB
Hoseline
SN 756 HC
Male stud
SN 759 GUV
Flange connection
SN 532 F
Pipe
Coupling
SN 832 T
Pipe
Male stud
SN 759
Hoseline
SN 756 HA
Male stud
SN 759 GUV
Coupling
SN 753 DEV
Intermediate socket
SN 880
Examples of application: for low-pressure hoselines

Double nipple
DIN 2990
Double nipple
SN 544-4
Elbow
DIN 2987
Coupling
SN 545-1
Hoseline
SN 544-1
Hose fitting
SN 545-2
Pipe
Welding nipple
SN 544-4
Hose
SN 544-2
T-piece
DIN 2987
Hose fitting
SN 544-3
Double nipple
SN 544-4
Filler plug
SN 545-3
Pipe
Socket
DIN 2986
Coupling
SN 545-1
Hose fitting
SN 544-3
Welding nipple
SN 544-4
Cam
SN 545-1
Hoseline fitting
SN 545-2
Pipe
Hose
SN 544-2
Hose fitting
SN 544-3
Pipe
Hose
SN 544-2
January 2002 (July 1997)
Hydraulic cylinders
SN 690
Double-acting with cushioning and SAE flange connections

Pmax. = 250 bar
1)
The above mentioned company standard is currently under revision in cooperation with the department of
hydraulic systems and media. Given the huge coordination work, it was not possible to include a revised version
in this edition of the standards book.
Please note that the company standards SN 690 and SN 806 will remain valid till the revised versions are issued.
Data sheets of the company standards will be kept available via the SMS Demag Intranet under
"Standardization/Standards Online" or can be obtained from the Dept. of Standardization.
Dimensions in mm
For hydraulic cylinders with piston dia. 160 see SN 806.
This standard specifies the dimensions and weights of double-acting hydraulic cylinders with cushioning for maximum working
pressures of Pmax = 250 bar.
Types of construction
Type A: clevis with spherical plain bearing 5)
Type B: pivot
Type C: foot mounting
Type E: flange mounting
Cylinder sizes with pertaining connection ports

Piston rod
d2 when
Piston dia.
d1
= 1,4 = 1,6 = 2
Cushioning 3)
Work
capacity 7)
Length
W [J]
50
8500
160
90
100
110
200
110 6)
125
140
60
16000
220
125
140
160
70
20000
250
140
160
180
80
30000
280
160
180
200
90
42500
320
180
200
220
100
67500
SAE flange connection 6000 psi

NW
A 0,25
B 0,25
44,5
96,8
50,8
M20
2 1/2
58,7
123,8
63,5
M24
71,4
152,4
76,2
M30
Hole pattern
Designation of a hydraulic cylinder, type A, acc. to SN 690 with a piston dia. d1 = 160 mm,
hard-chrome plated piston rod of diameter d2 = 100 mm and stroke l1 2) = 200 mm:
Hydraulic cylinder SN 690 - A 160/100 x 200

1)
The cylinder rating is for a max. working pressure Pmax = 250 bar. For use under pulsating loads the max. working pressure
has to be reduced according to the pressure increase.
The test pressure is at least 375 bar.
2)
Stroke l1 is indicated as required for the respective purpose. The max. lifts of stroke for the different installation positions
(3.5-fold safety against buckling) can be taken from the tables in the manufacturers' catalogues.
3)
All cylinders are equipped with adjustable cushioning devices on both sides. The cushioning sleeves are made in bronze or
equivalent material. For lifts of stroke up to 100 mm cushioning is not provided as a standard feature.
4)
If the pivot of type B has to be in an extreme off-center position, the cylinder manufacturer must be consulted to clarify the
dimensional details.
5)
Lubrication of the spherical plain bearing (GE ... DO) is through the hinged clevis via hydraulic-type lubricating nipple
according to DIN 71412 - AS6.
6)
When the piston rod diameter is d2 = 110, the thread d5 is M 100 x 2 and the lengths are l7 = 100; l8 = 210; l9 = 115.
7)
The kinetic energy (E) as the product of all masses (m) acting upon the piston rod and the stroke speed (v) at the beginning
of cushioning, must not exceed the maximum work capacity (W) of the cushioning device.
The following relation applies:
E=
m
v2 W = A
D
2
PD
s
2
The calculation of W is based on:

AD = max. effective cushioning area, assuming that piston-side and piston-rod side areas are identical.
PD = 350 bar
s = cushioning length
If the kinetic energy (E) exceeds the given working capacity of the cushioning device, our department of hydraulic systems
must be informed so that the remaining residual energy can be taken into account for the control system.
Page 2
SN 690 : 2002-01
Type A
cushioning valve
Width of spherical
plain bearing
b3
d3
max.
d4
d5
d6
0
- 0,15
195
270
M 80 x 2
180
80
70
0
- 0,20
245
320
M100 x 2
M110 x 2 6)
215
0
- 0,20
0
- 0,20
0
- 0,25
0
- 0,25
d1
b1
b2
160
135
60
55
200
170
70
220
170
80
70
250
170
90
85
280
215
100
90
320
215
110
105
d1
l2
l3
l4
l5
d7
h1
h2
0
- 0,015
145
27
100
0
- 0,020
180
27
0
- 0,020
0
- 0,020
0
- 0,025
0
- 0,025
200
27
230
27
260
27
290
27
276
365
M120 x 3
260
110
300
410
M130 x 3
280
120
324
450
M140 x 4
305
140
381
508
M150 x 4
340
160
l10
l11
l6
l7
l8
l9
Total weight G1 + G2 (kg/unit)

G2 per 100 mm stroke when
G1
= 1,4 = 1,6 = 2
160
630 4
58
201
59
142
200
795 4
78
253
78
175
220
850 5
78
287
78
250
889 5
78
310
280
975 5
90
320
1070 5
90
170
210 6)
235
265
95
115 6)
125
145
85
180
292
12,7
13,8
15,1
115
240
405
19,8
22,0
24,4
209
80
100 5)
110
115
125
270
545
26,8
29,2
32,9
78
232
120
310
180
140
300
676
29,1
32,7
36,9
322
90
232
125
345
185
150
325
938
32,2
36,3
41,1
360
90
270
140
400
200
175
375
1310
46,4
51,0
56,2
Type B
cushioning valve
d1
b1
b4
b5
b6
b7
d3
max.
d4
d5
d6
160
135
80
90
275
52
195
270
M 80x2
180
320
M 100x2
M 110x2
200
170
100
120
320
55
245
215
d7
75
- 0,06
- 0,10
27
100
0
- 0,020
90
- 0,07
- 0,12
27
0
- 0,020
0
- 0,020
0
- 0,025
0
- 0,025
100
- 0,07
- 0,12
- 0,07
- 0,12
- 0,08
- 0,15
- 0,08
- 0,15
27
27
27
27
2,5
110
130
370
60
276
365
M 120x3
260
110
250
170
125
147
410
65
300
410
M 130x3
280
120
280
215
150
158
450
70
324
450
M 140x4
305
140
320
215
180
184
510
90
381
508
M 150x4
340
160
d1
h1
h2
l4
l5
l8
l7
l8
145
545 4
58
201
59
142
95
115
125
145
130
160
200
180
680 4
78
253
78
175
220
200
725 5
78
287
78
209
80
100
110
115
250
230
749 5
78
310
78
232
120
310
180
650
29,1
32,7
36,9
280
260
825 5
90
322
90
232
125
345
185
715
32,2
36,3
41,1
320
290
895 5
90
360
90
270
140
400
200
1295
46,4
51,0
56,2
6)
170
210 6)
235
265
110

G1
= 1,4 = 1,6 = 2
l9
160
0
- 0,015
170
l3
80
220
l2
d8
6)
290
12,7
13,8
15,1
395
19,8
22,0
24,4
535
26,8
29,2
32,9
Page 3
SN 690 : 2002-01
Type C
cushioning valve
d1
b1
b8
b9
b10
d3
max.
d4
d5
d6
160
135
76
330
400
195
270
M 80 x 2
180
d7
145
70
140
27
215
100
39
180
85
165
27
0
- 0,020
0
- 0,020
0
- 0,025
0
- 0,025
45
200
95
188
27
52
230
110
210
27
52
260
125
230
27
52
290
140
260
27
470
245
320
220
170
104
445
535
276
365
M120 x 3
260
110
250
170
114
510
610
300
410
M130 x 3
280
120
280
215
124
540
640
324
450
M140 x 4
305
140
320
215
134
620
740
381
508
M150 x 4
340
160
d1
l2
l3
l9
l12
l13
94
58
201
59
142
200
97
78
253
78
175
220
100
78
287
78
250
100
78
310
78
280
108
90
322
320
131
90
360

= 1,4
= 1,6
=2
l14
G1
160
390
l8
h4
33
96
l7
h3
0
- 0,020
170
l6
h2
0
- 0,015
200
l5
h1
80
M100 x 2
M110 x 2 6)
l4
d9
170
210 6)
235
265
95
115 6)
125
145
297
154
38
302
12,7
13,8
15,1
379
204
48
415
19,8
22,0
24,4
209
80
100 5)
110
115
417
208
52
563
26,8
29,2
32,9
232
120
310
180
440
208
52
697
29,1
32,7
36,9
90
232
125
345
185
474
242
62
957
32,2
36,3
41,1
90
270
140
400
200
517
247
67
1330
46,4
51,0
56,2
Type E
cushioning valve
d1
b1
b11
d3
max.
d4
d5
d6
160
135
70
195
270
M 80x2
180
80
200
170
85
245
320
M 100x2
M 110x2
215
100
220
170
95
276
365
M 120x3
260
d7
d10
d11
0
- 0,015
325
385
275
0
- 0,020
375
445
180
27
370
33
200
27
39
230
27
260
27
510
45
290
27
450
M 140x4
305
140
0
- 0,025
l7
324
l6
33
- 0,12
- 0,21
39
105
l5
- 0,12
- 0,21
- 0,14
- 0,25
215
l4
320
- 0,13
- 0,23
280
l3
27
450
120
l2
145
590
280
d1
520
M 130x3
340
26
415
410
M 150x4
- 0,11
- 0,19
555
300
508
485
95
381
h2
-.0,13
- 0,23
170
105
h1
0
- 0,020
250
215
d13
110
0
- 0,020
320
d12
160
l8
430
0
- 0,025
490
600
l9
680
l15
l16

G1
= 1,4 = 1,6 = 2
160
545 4
58
129
59
72
80
170
95
10
22
55
332
12,7
13,8
15,1
200
680 4
78
163
78
90
100
210
115
10
30
50
462
19,8
22,0
24,4
220
725 5
78
173
78
114
115
265
145
10
44
55
622
26,8
29,2
32,9
250
749 5
78
173
78
137
120
310
180
10
62
60
768
29,1
32,7
36,9
280
825 5
90
195
90
127
125
345
185
10
47
55
1048
32,2
36,3
41,1
320
895 5
90
195
90
165
140
400
200
10
80
60
1442
46,4
51,0
56,2
Hydraulic cylinders
double-acting with cushioning 2)
Pmax = 250 bar 5)
Dimensions in mm
Type A: clevis with spherical plain bearing 6)
rod side
(cylinder head) section A-A
bottom side (cylinder bottom)
cushioning valve
detail X
turned by 90
section B-B
Type B: pivot
variable
Designation of a hydraulic cylinder, type A, with piston dia. d1 = 100 mm,

hard-chrome-plated piston rod with diameter d2 = 56 mm and stroke l11) = 200 mm:
Hydraulic cylinder SN 806 - A 100/56 x 200

Piston
diameter
d1 2)
=1,4
40
50
63
80
100
125
140
22
28
36
45
56
70
80
Piston
diameter
1)
Piston rod diameter

d2 when
=1,6
90
=2
28
36
45
56
70
90
100
Piston rod diameter

d2 when
d1 2)
=1,4
40
50
63
80
100
125
140
22
28
36
45
56
70
80
=1,6
90
=2
28
36
45
56
70
90
100
Width of
spherical plain
bearing
b10
b9
Cushioning
Work
Length capacity W
(J) 9)
18
24
28
35
40
45
50
50
350
650
1350
2500
4200
6000
l4
l5
16
22
28
35
45
58
65
b1
b2
35
25
30
40
50
60
65
40
50
55
60
l6
55
62,5
65
77,5
87,5
95
10
b3
b4
135
155
180
210
250
305
340
110
130
150
170
205
255
280
b5
b6
95
115
130
145
175
215
230
38
42
48
58
68
72
l7
l8
l9
25
60 2
65 2
60
27,5
30
32,5
40,5
43
67,5
70
75 3 82,5
90 4 97,5
105 4 105
70 3
b7
20
25
30
40
42,5
l10
122,5
132,5
155
170
210
250
272,5
b8
23
28
30
35
40
50
55
20
22
25
28
35
44
49
l11
12,5
15
20
25
30
32,5
40
0
-0,12
d3
d4
G 3/8 25
G 1/2 31
0
-0,15
50
G 3/4 44
55
68 G1
50
74
G1 1/4 60
80
l12
l13
210 2
215 2
65 240 2
75 260 2
85 295 2
103 353 2
110,5 388 2
57,5
l14
30
40
50
55
75
90
100
Stroke l1 is indicated as required for the respective purpose. The max. lifts of stroke for the different installation positions can
be taken from the diagrams of the manufacturers' catalogues.
2)
All cylinders are equipped with adjustable cushioning devices on both sides. The cushioning sleeves are made of bronze.
For reasons of functioning, venting and check valves are installed separately of each other. Cylinder bottom and cylinder
head are screw-fastened.
3)
In exceptional cases the pivot length b7 of type B can be increased to the value of diameter d14. This has to be stated in the
note column of the parts list.
4)
If the pivot of type B has to be in an extreme off-center position, the cylinder manufacturer must be consulted to clarify the
dimensional details.
5)
The cylinder rating is for a max. working pressure Pmax = 250 bar. In the case of pulsating loads the max. working pressure
must be reduced according to the pressure increase.
January 2002 (July 1997)
SN 806
Dimensions in mm
abridged
Type C: foot mounting
Type E: Front flange mounting
d5
d6
d7
d8
d9
d10
d11
85
105
120
135
165
200
220
e8
90
110
130
145
175
210
230
min.
56
63,5
76,1
101,6
121
152,4
171
M 16x1,5
M 22x1,5
M 28x1,5
M 35x1,5
M 45x1,5
M 58x1.5
M 65x1,5
9
11
108
130
155
170
205
245
265
130
160
185
200
245
295
315
l15
l16
l17
d12
d13 9)
d14
6)
20
22,5
25
27,5
32,5
35
30
35
45
50
60
70
75
h1
h2
h3
h4
h5
l2
l3
45
55
65
70
85
105
115
25
30
35
40
50
60
65
18
21
41,5
51,5
56
64
79,5
96
106
205 2
210 2
235 3
255 2
290 3
343 4
378 4
e8
l18
14
18
22
l19
l20
l21
11
14
18
22
26
55
68
75
95
115
135
155
30
35
40
50
60
65
60
69
87
100
123
140
157
40
45
55
65
70
50
60
70
85
105
130
150
28
32
39
47
58
70
82
s
10
14
0,5
19
1
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
24
87,5
0
-0,010 107,5
125
0
137,5
-0,012
67,5
205
-0
-0,015 225
31
38
Total weight G1 and G2 (kg/unit)

G2 per 100 mm stroke
piston rod dia. when
G1
Type
A
235 2
245 2
280 3
305 2
350 3
415 4
455 4
d15
7
8
7,6
11
12,5 12
18
19
18
24,5 25,6 27
43,5 45,8 46
80
81
83
101 104,5 110,5
= 1,4
9,5
15
23
30,2
54
95
121,5
1,2
1,4
1,8
3,5
4,7
7,7
9,9
= 1,6
10,4
=2
1,4
1,7
2,2
4,3
5,9
8,6
12,1
The spherical plain bearing is lubricated through the pin.

Up to a piston diameter of 140 without extension piece.
9)
The kinetic energy (E) as the product of all masses (m) acting upon the piston rod and the stroke speed (v) at the beginning
of cushioning, must not exceed the maximum work capacity (W) of the cushioning device.
The following relation applies:
m
s
E = v2 W = A P
D
D
2
2
The calculation of W is based on:
AD = max. effective cushioning area, assuming that piston-side and piston-rod side areas are identical.
pD = 350 bar
If the kinetic energy (E) exceeds the given working capacity of the cushioning device, our department of hydraulic systems
must be informed so that the remaining residual energy can be taken into account for the control system.
8)
January 2002
Materials kept in stock

Auxiliary and operating materials
SN 531
Overview
Dimensions in mm
Designation
Dimensions
Thickn. Width Length
mm
mm
mm
Technical values
Notes
Sealing material
Sealing plates,
one side graphitized
Supplier: Fa. Hellhake
44143 Dortmund
Nebar standard No. 1

Supplier: Fa. Haacke & Shne
22767 Hamburg
Sealing tape
1500
0,8
1200
1200
0,1
12,5
runn.
meter
1000
runn.
meter
12
runn.
meter
2
Flat rubber with canvas lining
3
material:
NP 815 (aramide-nitrile)
1500 permiss. pressure: up to 50 bar
perm. temperature: up to 300 C
Soft rubber with skin on all

sides
permiss. pressure: up to 20 bar

perm. temperature: - 30C to + 120C
oil resistance:
good (also resistant
against Somentor N35)
material:
PTFE
perm. pressure: up to 10 bar
perm. temperature: up to + 80C
hardness:
60 Shore A
oil resistance:
gut
material:
neoprene
perm. temperature: up to + 70C
hardness:
15 Shore A
oil resistance:
good
High-temperature resistant insulating material

perm. temperature: up to +1260C
8
Ezeram
resistant to:
oil, steam, water,
Round-twisted ceramic-fibre
chemicals, liquid
cord
metal
10
outstanding feature: asbestos-free
For general purposes of sealing against

oils, greases, petrol, benzol and solvents.
Substitute for IT
Levels up slight roughnesses of the sealing
surface; hence particularly suited for large
sealing surfaces. Required min. surface
pressure = 300 N/cm.
For sealing screwed joints on pipe lines (e.g.
used instead of hemp)
For sealing uneven (unworked) surfaces.
For use as wiper and for sealing purposes
Used for sealing flaps, covers and

as insulating cord
Acrylic glass
Acrylic glass
(e.g. plexiglass)
2
4
6
10
1200
2000
forming
temperature:
+ 130C to 150C
Workable by sawing, drilling, grinding, etc.
Sealing compound
Curil K2
Fermit-Special
Cleaning materials
Nikutex 1459
Supplier: Chem. Werke Kluthe GmbH
69115 Heidelberg
Lubricant
Gleitmo 805
Supplier: Gleitmolybdn Schmierstoffe GmbH
85386 Eching
MOLYKOTE Gn plus
Supplier: DOW CORNING GmbH
80992 Mnchen
MOLYKOTE Un
Supplier: DOW CORNING GmbH
80992 Mnchen
Repair filler
METALIX S
Supplier: DOW CORNING GMBH
80992 Mnchen
perm. temperature: - 40C to +200C

oil resistence:
good
atoxic
Sealing of gear, machine and motor housings,

pumps, flanges, oil trays etc.
Used primarily for water lines
mixture of organic solvents

form and colour: liquid, colourless
flash point
A II
Machine cleaning material
perm. temperature:
- 20C to + 110C
Lubricant for stainless-steel bolts, nuts and

pipe couplings.
perm. temperature:
coefficient of friction:
- with screws:
- at 40 m2/kg:
colour:
- 40C to + 450C
perm. temperature:
- 40C to + 450C
0,09
0,07
black
colour: black
compressive strength:1500 N/cm2
tensile strength:
5500 N/cm2
chemically stable
Assembly lubricant, reduces friction and wear.

Prevents seizing and metal-to-metal contact.
Reduces fretting corrosion.
After the evaporation of the carrier oil, a
lubrication-effective solid lubricant remains.
Compatible with natural rubber and plastics.
Reduces fretting corrosion.
For repair of machines, pipes, vessels and
shrinkholes. Sealing against penetration of
liquids under pressure
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 531 : 2002-01
Designation
Technical values
Adhesives acc. to SN 507

Loctite
Parts to be joined 75/AAV 1)
perm. temperature:
Code No. 675
Loctite
Pipe sealant, extra strong AVX
perm. temperature:
Code No. 586
Loctite
Medium-strength bolt securing agent
perm. temperature:
Code No. 242
Loctite
Instant adhesive IS 496
perm. temperature:
Code No. 496
OMNIFIT
Low-strength pipe sealant
perm. temperature:
Code No. 50 H
Technicoll 2)
Epoxy resin/hardener
perm. temperature:
8266 Part A / 8267 Part B
Hoses, except hoses as in SN 544 and SN 756
Hose
1)
2)
Note
- 55C to +150C
Bonding of cylindrical joints, e.g. universal

joint shaft heads, bearings, etc.
- 55C to + 150C
Seals and securing of pipe couplings

> 16 bar
- 55C to + 150C
Bonding of wear plates.

Securing of threaded connections.
- 50C to + 80C
Bonding of neoprene rubber seals.
- 60C to + 150C
Sealing and securing of pipe couplings and

threaded fittings 16 bar.
up to + 150C
Bonding of wear plates, sliding

liners, nameplates, reinforcements,
scales, etc.
Rubber
pressure 6 bar, temperature: + 50C
1/4 (19/13); 1/2 (29/19);
1 (34/23)
PVC
Temperature: + 20C
Pressure 25 bar
Pressure 14 bar
6 x 12
12,5 x 18,5
8 x 14
19 x 27
Water etc.
Compressed-air control systems etc.
Previous SMS designation A1

Previous SMS designation B1
All products for which no suppliers are stated are purchased from technical dealers.
Further standards
SN 180-1
SN 180-2
SN 180-3
SN 507
Operating media, lubricant recommendations grease

Operating media, lubricant recommendations oil
Morgoil lubricant specification new oil
Metal bonding
Revisions made in January 2002

General
For reasons of copyright, four standards sheets of the 1997 standards book have been made SN standards:
DIN 509 is now SN 695; DIN 15058 is SN 370; DIN ISO 4379 is SN 364-1;
DIN ISO 12128 and DIN 1850-2 are now SN 364-3.
SN 833 (of chapter 8) has been split up into SN 530, SN 358 and SN 356.
SN 151 (of chapter 6) has been cancelled.
SN 690 and SN 806 (of chapter 10) are still in the versions of July 1997 and are currently under revision.
SN 364-2: addition of bushings for cylinders.
All numbers of files no longer appear in the standards book 2002, as the file numbers will be newly assigned and the files are
available e.g. through the Intranet.
Generally, all SN standards have been editorially revised.
Chapter 1: Materials
SN 359: - The material designations have been converted to the new designation system.
- Addition of table-type designation systems.
- Newly added materials: - steels for pressure purposes according to DIN EN 10028-2 and 3,
- engineering steels with higher yield point ... according to DIN EN 10137-2 and SEW 090-2,
- forging steels according to DIN EN 10222, DIN EN 10250 and SEW 550,
- heat resistant steel according to DIN EN 10269,
- malleable cast iron according to DIN EN 1562,
- sintered bronze, oil-impregnated
- As far as necessary, the values have been adapted to the new materials standards.
- Relative cost factors have been rounded off to one decimal place.
- Updating of suitability for welding and of welding preheat temperatures.
- Updating of footnotes.
Chapter 2: Drilling and thread depths, thread selection series and undercuts
SN 480: -
Table of "Maximum drilling depths": updating of values

Table of "Maximum drilling depths for multi-diameter and single-diameter holes": updating of values
Table of "Pipe threads as in DIN ISO 228": addition of outside and inside diameter values.
Table of "Metric thread as in DIN 13": tables condensed.
Chapter 3: Curves, diagonals, undercuts

SN 481: - Indication of current sizes in the table of "Curves and diagonals on milled parts".
SN 695: - Revision of blank form (contents as in DIN 509 unchanged).
Chapter 4: Permissible bolt loads, tightening torques, pretensioning units

SN 403: - Indication of additional pretensioning units.
- Updating of all tables and graphic charts.
Chapter 5: Design instructions on fasteners

Screws and bolts, nuts, washers in conjunction with countersinks/
counterbores and/or holes; foundation anchoring elements
SN 351: SN 372: -
As far as necessary, graphic charts and values in tables adapted to the new standards.
Addition of screw plugs according to DIN 908.
Hexagon socket screw acc. to DIN 6912 cancelled.
Addition of:
- Threaded pin acc. to SN 172;
- Adhesive anchor acc. to SN 705.
- Lock nut in the column of "Projection" cancelled.
- Addition of footnotes.
Chapter 6: Mechanical fasteners

Screws, bolts, nuts; setscrews, pins, studs, other screws/bolts; washers
and retaining elements, locknuts and locking plates
SN 151: - Cancelled.
SN 485: - DIN 561: Addition of M 56.
- DIN 908, SN 595: Indication of metric sizes.
- DIN 912 replaced by DIN EN ISO 4762, addition e.g. of M56 and M64.
- DIN 980 replaced by DIN EN ISO 7042 and 10513.
- DIN 6912 cancelled.
- DIN 7991 replaced by DIN EN ISO 10642, cancelling e.g. of M24.
- DIN EN 24014 replaced by DIN EN ISO 4014.
- DIN EN 24017 replaced by DIN EN ISO 4017.
- DIN EN 24032 replaced by DIN EN ISO 4032, addition e.g. of DIN EN ISO 8673.
Continued on page 2
Page 2
Revisions: 2002-01
SN 486: SN 487: -
DIN 94 replaced by DIN EN ISO 1234, addition e.g. of diameter 1.6.

DIN 186: Addition of M48.
DIN 529: Addition of M48 and M56.
DIN 580: Addition of M56 and M64.
DIN 939: Addition of M48.
DIN EN 22338 replaced by DIN EN ISO 2338.
DIN EN 22339: Addition of diameters 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, cancelling of diameters 2, 3, 4 and 5.
DIN EN 28733 replaced by DIN EN ISO 8733, addition e.g. of diameter 50.
DIN EN 28736: Addition of diameters 6 and 8.
DIN 125 replaced by DIN EN ISO 7089 (DIN EN ISO 7090), washers e.g. for screw diameters
M72 and M80 cancelled.
- SN 808: Addition of washers for screw diameters M90, M100, M110, M125, M140, M160.
SN 489: - No revision with regard to contents
Chapter 7:
Fitting keys, keys
SN 708: - Revision of sketch stating the position tolerances for fitting keys.
Chapter 8:
SN 370:
SN 530:
SN 358:
SN 356:
SN 364-1:
Axle stop plates, pins, bushings

-
Revision of blank form (contents as in DIN 15058).

Revision of blank form
Revision of blank form previously SN 833.
Revision of blank form
Revision of blank form (contents as in DIN ISO 4379), addition of detail X in the sketch, revision of
calculation example.
SN 364-2: - Newly added.
SN 364-3: - Revision of blank form (contents as in DIN ISO 12128 and DIN 1850-2), new structure of table on types
of lubricant feeding and distribution.
Chapter 9:
Semi-finished products available from stock, structural steel sections
SN 483: -
DIN 176 cancelled.

DIN 671 replaced by DIN EN 10278; e.g. dimensions 45 and 60 cancelled.
DIN 1025/2: Dimension 180 cancelled.
DIN 1028 replaced by DIN EN 10056, e.g. addition of dimension 150 x 150 x 15.
DIN 1029 replaced by DIN EN 10056.
DIN 1783 replaced by DIN EN 485.
DIN 2462 replaced by DIN EN ISO 1127, cancelling e.g. of dimensions 16x2; 20x2,5; 25x3; 30x4; 35x2,5
and 38x5; addition of dimensions 42,4x2,6; 60,3x2,9; 76,1x12,5; 88,9x14,2 and 114,3x3,6.
SN 805: - DIN 1028 and DIN 1029 replaced by DIN EN 10056-1 and -2.
- DIN 59410 replaced by DIN EN 10210-2.
- DIN 59411 replaced by DIN EN 10219-2.
Chapter 10: Pipe dimensions, flanges, welding fittings, pipe couplings and fasteners,
hoselines, hydraulic cylinders, sealing and insulating materials, revisions
SN 553: - completely revised and adapted to pipe classification of SN 901, max. 300 mm nominal diameter.
SN 456: - SN 875 replaced by SN 878.
- SN 787 replaced by SN 882.
- SN 832 replaced by SN 883 (only straight male stud coupling).
- SN 457, SN 479 and SN 790 replaced by SN 884.
- Addition of: SN 811, SN 862, SN 879 and SN 880.
- Revision of pressure stages.
SN 836: - Revision of pressure stages.
- Addition of screw-hole arrangement as in DIN 2501 (with sketch).
- Addition of new material designations.
SN 837: - No revision with regard to contents.
SN 576: - Addition of data on low-pressure hoseline.
- Revision of application examples.
SN 690: - Contents as in July 1997 edition, as revision not complete at copy deadline.
SN 806: - Contents as in July 1997 edition, as revision not complete at copy deadline.
SN 531: - Cancelling of sealing plates, thickness 1 mm, one side graphitized.
Previous editions:
Standards book and SN 200:
Standards book:
1975-11, 1978-01, 1981-01,1985-01, 1992-03

1997-07
Codes of the units of quantity

Code
0
1
2
3
4
Designation
set
kg
piece
m
m2
Code
5
6
7
8
9
Designation
m
t
litre
slab
pair
Imprint
The STANDARDS BOOK 2002 is edited by SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft, Dept. of Standardization.
Wiesenstrae 30, 57271 Hilchenbach/Germany
Phone: (0 27 33) 2910 93
Fax:
(0 27 33) 2910 73
E-mail: hueb@sms-demag.de
mott@sms-demag.de

SMS Design Standards 2002

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SMS Design Standards 2002

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DESIGN DIRECTIVES

DRILLING AND THREAD DEPTHS

CURVES, DIAGONALS, UNDERCUTS

PERMISSIBLE BOLT LOADS,

SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS IN CONJUNCTION WITH

SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS; SETSCREWS, PINS, STUDS, OTHER

FITTING KEYS, TAPER KEYS

AXLE STOP PLATES, PINS, BUSHINGS

SEMI-FINISHED PRODUCTS AVAILABLE FROM STOCK,

STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS, PIPE COUPLINGS,

All rights reserved. DIN 34

This copy will not be updated in case of changes!

Rolled and forged steels

European steel grades

Steel grade classification

Designation system and comparison with DIN

Main quality grades

Main quality grades

Unalloyed quality steels

Unalloyed high-grade steels

Alloyed quality steels

Steels with no particular

Steels with no requirements made on the degree

Quenched and tempered or

Steels whose applications are similar to those of

Steels which exceed the requirements made on the

(deep drawing, coldforming ..) on the steel

of purity with regard to

a higher degree of purity with

elements because of their special requirements.

chemical compositioni, have a wide variety of

high strength or hardenability in conjunction with

Alloyed high-grade steels

High-speed steels with at least two of the following

Designation system as in EN 10 027-1

for cold shaping

= Packing plate and strapping band

X = mean content of at least

Short name based on usage and mechanical

= Prescribed mean hardness value for singlereduced products

Examples of ordering designations

a = letter, n = figure, an = alphanumeric

Additional symbols for steels

Additional symbols for steel products

For letter (S)

For letter (S)

For steel products

Short name based on chemical composition

Additional symbols for steels

Additionial symbols for steel products

= Cast steel (if

For letter (G, C, X)

1) a = letter, n = figure, an = alphanumeric

= Symbols of the alloy elements

For letter (C)

Cr, Co, Mn, Ni, Si, W

For letter (X)

For steel products

Table 5: Type of coating

Table 6: Treatment condition

Table 4: Special requirements

Deoxidizing process only acc. to

1.2 e.g. as in DIN EN 10028 Steels for pressure purposes

2. Designation based on chemical composition